patch 9.0.1409: racket files are recognized as scheme

Problem:    Racket files are recognized as scheme.
Solution:   Recognize rackets files separately. (Gabriel Kakizaki,
            closes #12164, closes #12162)

.appveyor.yml

@@ -1,10 +1,31 @@
 version: "{build}"
 
+image: Visual Studio 2015
+
 skip_tags: true
 
 environment:
   matrix:
     - FEATURE: HUGE
+  
+    # Alternate environments, not used right now.  2022 is a lot slower.
+    #
+    # - job_name: VS-2015
+    #   appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2015
+    #   FEATURE: HUGE
+
+    # - job_name: VS-2017
+    #   appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2017
+    #   FEATURE: HUGE
+
+    # - job_name: VS-2019
+    #   appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2019
+    #   FEATURE: HUGE
+
+    # - job_name: VS-2022
+    #   appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2022
+    #   FEATURE: HUGE
+
 # disabled
 #    - FEATURE: TINY
 #    - FEATURE: NORMAL
@@ -14,19 +35,19 @@ matrix:
   fast_finish: true
 
 before_build:
-  # Use Visual Studio 2015 compiler tools (default is 2012)
-  - '"C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 14.0\VC\vcvarsall.bat" x86_amd64'
+  - call ver
+  - ci\appveyor.bat install
 
 build_script:
-  - ci/appveyor.bat
+  - ci\appveyor.bat build
 
 test_script:
-  - cd src/testdir
-    # Testing with MSVC gvim
-  - path C:\Python35-x64;%PATH%
-  - nmake -f Make_mvc.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim
-  - nmake -f Make_mvc.mak clean
-    # Testing with MSVC console version
-  - nmake -f Make_mvc.mak VIMPROG=..\vim
+  - ci\appveyor.bat test
+
+artifacts:
+  - path: src/vim.exe
+    name: vim
+  - path: src/gvim.exe
+    name: gvim
 
 # vim: sw=2 sts=2 et ts=8 sr

.cirrus.yml

@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ freebsd_task:
     - name: FreeBSD 13.1
       freebsd_instance:
         image_family: freebsd-13-1
-    - name: FreeBSD 12.3
+    - name: FreeBSD 12.4
       freebsd_instance:
-        image_family: freebsd-12-3
+        image_family: freebsd-12-4
   timeout_in: 20m
   install_script:
     - pkg update -f

.github/CODEOWNERS

@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ runtime/compiler/dartanalyser.vim	@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/dartdevc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/dartdoc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/dartfmt.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dotnet.vim		@nickspoons
 runtime/compiler/eruby.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/fbc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/gawk.vim		@dkearns
@@ -104,6 +105,7 @@ runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt		@cecamp
 runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt			@cecamp
 runtime/doc/ps1.txt			@heaths
 runtime/ftplugin/abaqus.vim		@costerwi
+runtime/ftplugin/apache.vim		@dubgeiser 
 runtime/ftplugin/awk.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/basic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/bst.vim		@tpope
@@ -166,6 +168,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/nginx.vim		@chr4
 runtime/ftplugin/nroff.vim		@a-vrma
 runtime/ftplugin/nsis.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/ftplugin/octave.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/openvpn.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/pascal.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/pbtxt.vim		@lakshayg
 runtime/ftplugin/pdf.vim		@tpope
@@ -179,6 +182,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/python.vim		@tpict
 runtime/ftplugin/qb64.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/r.vim			@jalvesaq
 runtime/ftplugin/racket.vim		@benknoble
+runtime/ftplugin/readline.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/rhelp.vim		@jalvesaq
 runtime/ftplugin/rmd.vim		@jalvesaq
 runtime/ftplugin/rnoweb.vim		@jalvesaq
@@ -294,6 +298,8 @@ runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/tarPlugin.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/vimballPlugin.vim	@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/zipPlugin.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/manpager.vim		@Konfekt
+runtime/syntax/shared/hgcommitDiff.vim		@vegerot
 runtime/syntax/abaqus.vim		@costerwi
 runtime/syntax/aidl.vim			@dpelle
 runtime/syntax/amiga.vim		@cecamp
@@ -328,6 +334,7 @@ runtime/syntax/dot.vim			@mmottl
 runtime/syntax/doxygen.vim		@frogonwheels
 runtime/syntax/dtd.vim			@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/dts.vim			@zonque
+runtime/syntax/editorconfig.vim		@gpanders
 runtime/syntax/eiffel.vim		@jocelyn
 runtime/syntax/elmfilt.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/erlang.vim		@hcs42
@@ -360,6 +367,7 @@ runtime/syntax/haml.vim			@tpope
 runtime/syntax/hare.vim			@rsaihe
 runtime/syntax/haskell.vim		@coot
 runtime/syntax/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/hollywood.vim		@sodero
 runtime/syntax/html.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/i3config.vim		@hiqua
 runtime/syntax/icon.vim			@dkearns
@@ -367,6 +375,7 @@ runtime/syntax/indent.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/j.vim			@glts
 runtime/syntax/jargon.vim		@h3xx
 runtime/syntax/java.vim			@fleiner
+runtime/syntax/javascript.vim		@fleiner
 runtime/syntax/jsonc.vim		@izhakjakov
 runtime/syntax/julia.vim		@carlobaldassi
 runtime/syntax/kconfig.vim		@chrisbra
@@ -390,8 +399,10 @@ runtime/syntax/n1ql.vim			@pr3d4t0r
 runtime/syntax/netrw.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/nginx.vim		@chr4
 runtime/syntax/ninja.vim		@nico
+runtime/syntax/nix.vim			@equill
 runtime/syntax/nroff.vim		@jmarshall
 runtime/syntax/nsis.vim			@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/openvpn.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/pascal.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/pbtxt.vim		@lakshayg
 runtime/syntax/pdf.vim			@tpope
@@ -459,6 +470,7 @@ runtime/syntax/vdf.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/vim.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/vroom.vim		@dbarnett
 runtime/syntax/wast.vim			@rhysd
+runtime/syntax/wdl.vim			@zenmatic
 runtime/syntax/wget.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/wget2.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/xbl.vim			@dkearns

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -96,22 +96,21 @@ jobs:
       - name: Install gcc-11
         if:  matrix.compiler == 'gcc'
         run: |
-          sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test
           sudo apt install -y gcc-11
           sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/gcc gcc /usr/bin/gcc-11 100
           sudo update-alternatives --set gcc /usr/bin/gcc-11
 
-      - name: Install clang-15
+      - name: Install clang-16
         if: matrix.compiler == 'clang'
         run: |
           wget -O - https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key | sudo apt-key add -
           . /etc/lsb-release
-          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-15 main"
-          sudo apt install -y clang-15 llvm-15
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-15 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-15
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-15 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-15 100
+          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-16 main"
+          sudo apt install -y clang-16 llvm-16
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-16 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-16
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-16 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-16 100
 
       - name: Set up environment
         run: |
@@ -174,22 +173,23 @@ jobs:
           sudo usermod -a -G audio "${USER}"
           sudo bash ci/setup-xvfb.sh
 
-      - name: Cache snd-dummy
-        uses: actions/cache@v3
-        with:
-          path: ${{ env.SND_DUMMY_DIR }}
-          key: linux-${{ env.LINUX_VERSION }}-snd-dummy
+      # FIXME: Temporarily disabled because of build errors
+      #- name: Cache snd-dummy
+      #  uses: actions/cache@v3
+      #  with:
+      #    path: ${{ env.SND_DUMMY_DIR }}
+      #    key: linux-${{ env.LINUX_VERSION }}-snd-dummy
 
-      - name: Set up snd-dummy
-        run: |
-          if [[ ! -e ${SND_DUMMY_DIR}/snd-dummy.ko ]]; then
-            bash ci/build-snd-dummy.sh
-          fi
-          cd "${SND_DUMMY_DIR}"
-          sudo insmod soundcore.ko
-          sudo insmod snd.ko
-          sudo insmod snd-pcm.ko
-          sudo insmod snd-dummy.ko
+      #- name: Set up snd-dummy
+      #  run: |
+      #    if [[ ! -e ${SND_DUMMY_DIR}/snd-dummy.ko ]]; then
+      #      bash ci/build-snd-dummy.sh
+      #    fi
+      #    cd "${SND_DUMMY_DIR}"
+      #    sudo insmod soundcore.ko
+      #    sudo insmod snd.ko
+      #    sudo insmod snd-pcm.ko
+      #    sudo insmod snd-dummy.ko
 
       - name: Check autoconf
         if: contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests')
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Codecov
         if: matrix.coverage
-        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3.1.1
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3
         with:
           flags: linux,${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ matrix.extra }}
 
@@ -299,8 +299,6 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Install packages
         if: matrix.features == 'huge'
-        env:
-          HOMEBREW_NO_AUTO_UPDATE: 1
         run: |
           brew install lua
           echo "LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local" >> $GITHUB_ENV
@@ -372,8 +370,8 @@ jobs:
       PYTHON_VER_DOT: '2.7'
       PYTHON_DIR: 'C:\Python27'
       # Python 3
-      PYTHON3_VER: 310
-      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.10'
+      PYTHON3_VER: 311
+      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.11'
       # Other dependencies
       # winpty
       WINPTY_URL: https://github.com/rprichard/winpty/releases/download/0.4.3/winpty-0.4.3-msvc2015.zip
@@ -401,6 +399,9 @@ jobs:
         id: init
         shell: bash
         run: |
+          # Show Windows version
+          cmd /c ver
+
           git config --global core.autocrlf input
 
           if [ "${{ matrix.arch }}" = "x64" ]; then
@@ -422,9 +423,9 @@ jobs:
           echo "VCVARSALL=$(vswhere -products \* -latest -property installationPath)\\VC\\Auxiliary\\Build\\vcvarsall.bat" >> $GITHUB_ENV
           if [ "${{ matrix.features }}" != "TINY" ]; then
             if [ "${{ matrix.arch }}" = "x86" ]; then
-              choco install python2 --forcex86
+              choco install python2 --no-progress --forcex86
             else
-              choco install python2
+              choco install python2 --no-progress
             fi
           fi
           python3_dir=$(cat "/proc/$cygreg/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON3_VER_DOT}$pyreg/InstallPath/@")
@@ -609,7 +610,7 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Codecov
         if: matrix.coverage
-        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3.1.1
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3
         with:
           directory: src
           flags: windows,${{ matrix.toolchain }}-${{ matrix.arch }}-${{ matrix.features }}

.github/workflows/coverity.yml

@@ -15,20 +15,22 @@ jobs:
       CC: gcc
       CFLAGS: -Wno-deprecated-declarations
       DEBIAN_FRONTEND: noninteractive
+      TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_TOKEN }}
 
     steps:
       - name: Checkout repository from github
+        if: env.TOKEN
         uses: actions/checkout@v3
 
       - name: Download Coverity
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           wget -q https://scan.coverity.com/download/cxx/linux64 --post-data "token=$TOKEN&project=vim" -O coverity_tool.tgz
           mkdir cov-scan
           tar ax -f coverity_tool.tgz --strip-components=1 -C cov-scan
-        env:
-          TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_TOKEN }}
 
       - name: Install packages
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           sudo apt update && sudo apt install -y \
             autoconf \
@@ -47,6 +49,7 @@ jobs:
             libsodium-dev
 
       - name: Set up environment
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           echo "$(pwd)/cov-scan/bin" >> $GITHUB_PATH
           (
@@ -55,6 +58,7 @@ jobs:
           ) >> $GITHUB_ENV
 
       - name: Configure
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           ./configure --with-features=huge ${CONFOPT} --enable-fail-if-missing
           # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
@@ -62,10 +66,12 @@ jobs:
           sed -i -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed src/auto/config.mk
 
       - name: Build/scan vim
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           cov-build --dir cov-int make -j${NPROC}
 
       - name: Submit results
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           tar zcf cov-scan.tgz cov-int
           curl --form token=$TOKEN \
@@ -75,5 +81,4 @@ jobs:
             --form description="Automatic GHA scan" \
             'https://scan.coverity.com/builds?project=vim'
         env:
-          TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_TOKEN }}
           EMAIL: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_EMAIL }}

.gitignore

@@ -68,6 +68,7 @@ src/tags
 /GPATH
 /GTAGS
 /GRTAGS
+nsis/tags
 
 # Generated by "make test"
 src/po/*.ck

.hgignore

@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ src/xxd/xxd
 src/auto/if_perl.c
 src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.c
 src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
+src/auto/os_haiku.rdef
 src/objects/.dirstamp
 src/objects
-src/tags
 src/types.vim
 
 # We do need src/auto/configure.
@@ -46,12 +46,15 @@ gvimext.lib
 gvim.lib
 runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
 nsis/icons/*
+/vim90/
+.vscode/
 
 # NetBeans
 nbproject/*
 
 # Mac OSX
 src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
+.DS_Store
 
 # All platforms
 *.rej
@@ -62,6 +65,12 @@ src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
 *.pyc
 *.log
 src/po/vim.pot
+src/tags
+/tags
+/GPATH
+/GTAGS
+/GRTAGS
+nsis/tags
 
 # Generated by "make test"
 src/po/*.ck
@@ -78,14 +87,16 @@ src/testdir/dostmp/*
 src/testdir/messages
 src/testdir/viminfo
 src/testdir/opt_test.vim
+src/testdir/failed
+src/testdir/starttime
 runtime/indent/testdir/*.out
+runtime/indent/testdir/*.fail
 src/memfile_test
 src/json_test
 src/message_test
 src/kword_test
 
 # Generated by "make install"
-runtime/doc/tags
 runtime/doc/doctags
 
 # Generated by "make shadow".  The directory names could be anything but we
@@ -95,5 +106,10 @@ src/shadow-*
 src/runtime
 src/pixmaps
 
-# other possible files build by tools
+# other files possibly created by tools
 src/cscope.out
+
+# Linter/language server files
+/.cache/clangd/
+/.ccls-cache/
+/compile_commands.json

.lgtm.yml

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-# Format of this file: https://lgtm.com/help/lgtm/lgtm.yml-configuration-file
-path_classifiers:
-  documentation:
-    - runtime/tutor/tutor*

Filelist

@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.github/workflows/ci.yml \
 		.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml \
 		.github/workflows/coverity.yml \
+		.github/dependabot.yml \
 		.gitignore \
 		.hgignore \
-		.lgtm.yml \
 		.appveyor.yml \
 		.codecov.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
@@ -87,10 +87,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/job.c \
 		src/json.c \
 		src/json_test.c \
+		src/keymap.h \
 		src/kword_test.c \
 		src/list.c \
 		src/locale.c \
-		src/keymap.h \
+		src/logfile.c \
 		src/macros.h \
 		src/main.c \
 		src/map.c \
@@ -161,6 +162,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
 		src/vim9.h \
+		src/vim9class.c \
 		src/vim9cmds.c \
 		src/vim9compile.c \
 		src/vim9execute.c \
@@ -177,6 +179,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/Make_all.mak \
 		src/testdir/*.in \
 		src/testdir/*.py \
+		src/testdir/keycode_check.vim \
+		src/testdir/keycode_check.json \
 		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/testluaplugin/lua/testluaplugin/*.lua \
@@ -271,6 +275,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/json.pro \
 		src/proto/list.pro \
 		src/proto/locale.pro \
+		src/proto/logfile.pro \
 		src/proto/main.pro \
 		src/proto/map.pro \
 		src/proto/mark.pro \
@@ -322,6 +327,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
 		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9class.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9cmds.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9compile.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9execute.pro \
@@ -394,6 +400,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/t/66screen_extent.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/67screen_dbl_wh.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/68screen_termprops.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/69screen_reflow.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-1.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-2.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-3.test \
@@ -641,6 +648,7 @@ SRC_MAC =	\
 		src/os_mac_conv.c \
 		src/os_macosx.m \
 		src/proto/os_mac_conv.pro \
+		src/proto/os_macosx.pro \
 
 # source files for VMS (in the extra archive)
 SRC_VMS =	\
@@ -775,6 +783,7 @@ RT_SCRIPTS =	\
 		runtime/autoload/README.txt \
 		runtime/autoload/dist/*.vim \
 		runtime/autoload/xml/*.vim \
+		runtime/autoload/zig/*.vim \
 		runtime/colors/*.vim \
 		runtime/colors/README.txt \
 		runtime/colors/lists/*.vim \

README.md

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 [![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/raw/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)](https://www.vim.org)
 
-[![Github Build status](https://github.com/vim/vim/workflows/GitHub%20CI/badge.svg)](https://github.com/vim/vim/actions?query=workflow%3A%22GitHub+CI%22) [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim) [![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim) [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master) [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim) [![Language Grade: C/C++](https://img.shields.io/lgtm/grade/cpp/g/vim/vim.svg?logo=lgtm&logoWidth=18)](https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/context:cpp) [![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim) [![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim) [![Fossies codespell report](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.svg)](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.html)
+[![Github Build status](https://github.com/vim/vim/workflows/GitHub%20CI/badge.svg)](https://github.com/vim/vim/actions?query=workflow%3A%22GitHub+CI%22) [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim) [![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim) [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master) [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim) [![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim) [![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim) [![Fossies codespell report](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.svg)](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.html)
 
 <sub>For translations of this README see the end.</sub>
 
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ for details (do `:help uganda` inside Vim).
 
 Summary of the license: There are no restrictions on using or distributing an
 unmodified copy of Vim.  Parts of Vim may also be distributed, but the license
-text must always be included.  For modified versions a few restrictions apply.
+text must always be included.  For modified versions, a few restrictions apply.
 The license is GPL compatible, you may compile Vim with GPL libraries and
 distribute it.
 
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
 
 ## Contributing ##
 
-If you would like to help making Vim better, see the
+If you would like to help make Vim better, see the
 [CONTRIBUTING.md](/CONTRIBUTING.md) file.
 
 

README.txt

@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ encouraged to make a donation to help orphans in Uganda.  Please read the file
 
 Summary of the license: There are no restrictions on using or distributing an
 unmodified copy of Vim.  Parts of Vim may also be distributed, but the license
-text must always be included.  For modified versions a few restrictions apply.
+text must always be included.  For modified versions, a few restrictions apply.
 The license is GPL compatible, you may compile Vim with GPL libraries and
 distribute it.
 
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
 
 CONTRIBUTING
 
-If you would like to help making Vim better, see the CONTRIBUTING.md file.
+If you would like to help make Vim better, see the CONTRIBUTING.md file.
 
 
 INFORMATION

README_VIM9.md

@@ -2,18 +2,17 @@
 
 # What is Vim9?
 
-This is an experimental side of [Vim](https://github.com/vim/vim).
-It explores ways of making Vim script faster and better.
+This is a new syntax for Vim script that was introduced with Vim 9.0.
+It intends making Vim script faster and better.
 
-WARNING: The Vim9 script features are still under development, anything can
-break!
 
 # Why Vim9?
 
 ## 1. FASTER VIM SCRIPT
 
 The third item on the poll results of 2018, after popup windows and text
-properties, is faster Vim script.  So how do we do that?
+properties, both of which have been implemented, is faster Vim script.
+So how do we do that?
 
 I have been throwing some ideas around, and soon came to the conclusion
 that the current way functions are called and executed, with
@@ -53,7 +52,7 @@ we can gain, and also that Vim script can be faster than builtin
 interfaces.
 
 LuaJit is much faster at Lua-only instructions.  In practice the script would
-not do something useless as counting but change the text.  For example,
+not do something useless counting, but change the text.  For example,
 reindent all the lines:
 
 ``` vim

ci/appveyor.bat

@@ -1,9 +1,54 @@
 @echo off
 :: Batch file for building/testing Vim on AppVeyor
+set target=%1
 
 setlocal ENABLEDELAYEDEXPANSION
 cd %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%
 
+:: Python3
+set PYTHON3_VER=311
+set PYTHON3_RELEASE=3.11.1
+set PYTHON3_URL=https://www.python.org/ftp/python/%PYTHON3_RELEASE%/python-%PYTHON3_RELEASE%-amd64.exe
+set PYTHON3_DIR=C:\python%PYTHON3_VER%-x64
+
+set "VSWHERE=%ProgramFiles(x86)%\Microsoft Visual Studio\Installer\vswhere.exe"
+
+if exist "%VSWHERE%" (
+  for /f "usebackq delims=" %%i in (
+    `"%VSWHERE%" -products * -latest -property installationPath`
+  ) do (
+    set "VCVARSALL=%%i\VC\Auxiliary\Build\vcvarsall.bat"
+  )
+)
+
+if not exist "%VCVARSALL%" (
+  set "VCVARSALL=%ProgramFiles(x86)%\Microsoft Visual Studio 14.0\VC\vcvarsall.bat"
+)
+call "%VCVARSALL%" x64
+
+goto %target%
+echo Unknown build target.
+exit 1
+
+:: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+:install
+@echo on
+if not exist downloads mkdir downloads
+
+:: Python 3
+if not exist %PYTHON3_DIR% (
+  call :downloadfile %PYTHON3_URL% downloads\python3.exe
+  cmd /c start /wait downloads\python3.exe /quiet TargetDir=%PYTHON3_DIR% ^
+      Include_pip=0 Include_tcltk=0 Include_test=0 Include_tools=0 ^
+      AssociateFiles=0 Shortcuts=0 Include_doc=0 Include_launcher=0 ^
+      InstallLauncherAllUsers=0
+)
+@echo off
+goto :eof
+
+:: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+:build
+
 cd src
 
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit console Version"
@@ -22,7 +67,7 @@ if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
     nmake -f Make_mvc.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
         OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no POSTSCRIPT=yes ^
         PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 ^
-        PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35-x64 ^
+        PYTHON3_VER=%PYTHON3_VER% DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=%PYTHON3_DIR% ^
         FEATURES=%FEATURE%
 ) ELSE (
     nmake -f Make_mvc.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
@@ -39,4 +84,31 @@ echo "version output MSVC console"
 .\vim --version || exit 1
 echo "version output MSVC GUI"
 type ver_msvc.txt || exit 1
-cd ..
+
+goto :eof
+
+:: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+:test
+@echo on
+cd src/testdir
+:: Testing with MSVC gvim
+path %PYTHON3_DIR%;%PATH%
+nmake -f Make_mvc.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim
+nmake -f Make_mvc.mak clean
+:: Testing with MSVC console version
+nmake -f Make_mvc.mak VIMPROG=..\vim
+
+@echo off
+goto :eof
+
+:: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+:downloadfile
+:: call :downloadfile <URL> <localfile>
+if not exist %2 (
+	curl -f -L %1 -o %2
+)
+if ERRORLEVEL 1 (
+	rem Retry once.
+	curl -f -L %1 -o %2 || exit 1
+)
+@goto :eof

nsis/README.txt

@@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 
 4.  Get a "diff.exe" program.  If you skip this the built-in diff will always
     be used (which is fine for most users).  If you do have your own
-    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim82" directory,
+    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim90" directory,
     it's the same for all Vim versions).
     You can find one in previous Vim versions or in this archive:
 		http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/diffutils.tar.gz
 
-5   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim82"
+5   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim90"
     directory).  This is required for the terminal window.
 
 6.  Do "make uganda.nsis.txt" in runtime/doc.  This requires sed, you may have

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -228,6 +228,28 @@ FunctionEnd
 !insertmacro GetParent ""
 !insertmacro GetParent "un."
 
+# Get home directory
+!macro GetHomeDir un
+Function ${un}GetHomeDir
+  Push $0
+  Push $1
+  ReadEnvStr $0 "HOME"
+  ${If} $0 == ""
+    ReadEnvStr $0 "HOMEDRIVE"
+    ReadEnvStr $1 "HOMEPATH"
+    StrCpy $0 "$0$1"
+    ${If} $0 == ""
+      ReadEnvStr $0 "USERPROFILE"
+    ${EndIf}
+  ${EndIf}
+  Pop $1
+  Exch $0  # put $0 on top of stack, restore $0 to original value
+FunctionEnd
+!macroend
+
+!insertmacro GetHomeDir ""
+!insertmacro GetHomeDir "un."
+
 # Check if Vim is already installed.
 # return: Installed directory. If not found, it will be empty.
 Function CheckOldVim
@@ -520,7 +542,8 @@ SectionGroup $(str_group_plugin) id_group_plugin
 	Section "$(str_section_plugin_home)" id_section_pluginhome
 		SectionIn 1 3
 
-		StrCpy $1 "$1 -create-directories home"
+		# use ShellExecAsUser below instead
+		# StrCpy $1 "$1 -create-directories home"
 	SectionEnd
 
 	Section "$(str_section_plugin_vim)" id_section_pluginvim
@@ -594,6 +617,13 @@ Section -call_install_exe
 	DetailPrint "$(str_msg_registering)"
 	nsExec::Exec "$0\install.exe $1"
 	Pop $3
+
+	${If} ${SectionIsSelected} ${id_section_pluginhome}
+	  ReadEnvStr $3 "COMSPEC"
+	  Call GetHomeDir
+	  Pop $4
+	  ShellExecAsUser::ShellExecAsUser "" "$3" '/c "cd /d "$4" & mkdir vimfiles & cd vimfiles & mkdir colors compiler doc ftdetect ftplugin indent keymap plugin syntax"' SW_HIDE
+	${EndIf}
 SectionEnd
 
 ##########################################################
@@ -1042,15 +1072,8 @@ SectionEnd
 SectionGroup "un.$(str_ungroup_plugin)" id_ungroup_plugin
 	Section /o "un.$(str_unsection_plugin_home)" id_unsection_plugin_home
 		# get the home dir
-		ReadEnvStr $0 "HOME"
-		${If} $0 == ""
-		  ReadEnvStr $0 "HOMEDRIVE"
-		  ReadEnvStr $1 "HOMEPATH"
-		  StrCpy $0 "$0$1"
-		  ${If} $0 == ""
-		    ReadEnvStr $0 "USERPROFILE"
-		  ${EndIf}
-		${EndIf}
+		Call un.GetHomeDir
+		Pop $0
 
 		${If} $0 != ""
 		  !insertmacro RemoveVimfiles $0

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script
 # Vim functions for file type detection
 #
 # Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-# Last Change:	2022 Apr 13
+# Last Change:	2022 Dec 14
 
 # These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 # faster.
@@ -712,7 +712,8 @@ export def SetFileTypeSH(name: string)
     if exists("b:is_sh")
       unlet b:is_sh
     endif
-  elseif name =~ '\<sh\>'
+  elseif name =~ '\<sh\>' || name =~ '\<dash\>'
+    # Ubuntu links "sh" to "dash", thus it is expected to work the same way
     b:is_sh = 1
     if exists("b:is_kornshell")
       unlet b:is_kornshell
@@ -809,10 +810,13 @@ export def SQL()
 enddef
 
 # This function checks the first 25 lines of file extension "sc" to resolve
-# detection between scala and SuperCollider
+# detection between scala and SuperCollider.
+# NOTE: We don't check for 'Class : Method', as this can easily be confused
+# 	with valid Scala like `val x : Int = 3`. So we instead only rely on
+# 	checks that can't be confused.
 export def FTsc()
   for lnum in range(1, min([line("$"), 25]))
-    if getline(lnum) =~# '[A-Za-z0-9]*\s:\s[A-Za-z0-9]\|var\s<\|classvar\s<\|\^this.*\||\w*|\|+\s\w*\s{\|\*ar\s'
+    if getline(lnum) =~# 'var\s<\|classvar\s<\|\^this.*\||\w\+|\|+\s\w*\s{\|\*ar\s'
       setf supercollider
       return
     endif

runtime/autoload/dist/script.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ vim9script
 # Invoked from "scripts.vim" in 'runtimepath'
 #
 # Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-# Last Change:	2022 Feb 13
+# Last Change:	2022 Nov 24
 
 export def DetectFiletype()
   var line1 = getline(1)
@@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ def DetectFromHashBang(firstline: string)
     name = 'wish'
   endif
 
-  # Bourne-like shell scripts: bash bash2 ksh ksh93 sh
-  if name =~ '^\(bash\d*\|\|ksh\d*\|sh\)\>'
+    # Bourne-like shell scripts: bash bash2 dash ksh ksh93 sh
+  if name =~ '^\(bash\d*\|dash\|ksh\d*\|sh\)\>'
     call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(line1)
 
     # csh scripts

runtime/autoload/dist/vimindent.vim

@@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ vim9script
 
 # Language:     Vim script
 # Maintainer:   github user lacygoill
-# Last Change:  2022 Oct 15
+# Last Change:  2023 Feb 01
 
 # NOTE: Whenever you change the code, make sure the tests are still passing:
 #
 #     $ cd runtime/indent/
-#     $ make clean; make test || vimdiff testdir/vim.{fail,ok}
+#     $ make clean; make test || vimdiff testdir/vim.{ok,fail}
 
 # Config {{{1
 
@@ -112,6 +112,10 @@ const DICT_KEY: string = '^\s*\%('
     .. '\)'
     .. ':\%(\s\|$\)'
 
+# NOT_A_DICT_KEY {{{3
+
+const NOT_A_DICT_KEY: string = ':\@!'
+
 # END_OF_COMMAND {{{3
 
 const END_OF_COMMAND: string = $'\s*\%($\|||\@!\|{INLINE_COMMENT}\)'
@@ -144,19 +148,43 @@ const HEREDOC_OPERATOR: string = '\s=<<\s\@=\%(\s\+\%(trim\|eval\)\)\{,2}'
 #
 # But sometimes, it can be too costly and cause `E363` to be given.
 const PATTERN_DELIMITER: string = '[-+*/%]\%(=\s\)\@!'
-
-# QUOTE {{{3
-
-const QUOTE: string = '["'']'
 # }}}2
 # Syntaxes {{{2
-# ASSIGNS_HEREDOC {{{3
+# BLOCKS {{{3
 
-const ASSIGNS_HEREDOC: string = $'^\%({COMMENT}\)\@!.*\%({HEREDOC_OPERATOR}\)\s\+\zs[A-Z]\+{END_OF_LINE}'
+const BLOCKS: list<list<string>> = [
+    ['if', 'el\%[se]', 'elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+    ['for', 'endfor\='],
+    ['wh\%[ile]', 'endw\%[hile]'],
+    ['try', 'cat\%[ch]', 'fina\|finally\=', 'endt\%[ry]'],
+    ['def', 'enddef'],
+    ['fu\%[nction](\@!', 'endf\%[unction]'],
+    ['class', 'endclass'],
+    ['interface', 'endinterface'],
+    ['enum', 'endenum'],
+    ['aug\%[roup]\%(\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)\@!\s\+\S\+', 'aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]'],
+]
 
-# CD_COMMAND {{{3
+# MODIFIERS {{{3
 
-const CD_COMMAND: string = $'\<[lt]\=cd!\=\s\+-{END_OF_COMMAND}'
+# some keywords can be prefixed by modifiers (e.g. `def` can be prefixed by `export`)
+const MODIFIERS: dict<string> = {
+    def: ['export', 'static'],
+    class: ['export', 'abstract', 'export abstract'],
+    interface: ['export'],
+}
+#     ...
+#     class: ['export', 'abstract', 'export abstract'],
+#     ...
+#     →
+#     ...
+#     class: '\%(export\|abstract\|export\s\+abstract\)\s\+',
+#     ...
+->map((_, mods: list<string>): string =>
+    '\%(' .. mods
+    ->join('\|')
+    ->substitute('\s\+', '\\s\\+', 'g')
+    .. '\)' .. '\s\+')
 
 # HIGHER_ORDER_COMMAND {{{3
 
@@ -174,56 +202,102 @@ patterns =<< trim eval END
     g\%[lobal]!\={PATTERN_DELIMITER}.*
     v\%[global]!\={PATTERN_DELIMITER}.*
 END
-const HIGHER_ORDER_COMMAND: string = $'\%(^\|{BAR_SEPARATION}\)\s*\<\%(' .. patterns->join('\|') .. '\):\@!'
 
-# MAPPING_COMMAND {{{3
+const HIGHER_ORDER_COMMAND: string = $'\%(^\|{BAR_SEPARATION}\)\s*\<\%({patterns->join('\|')}\){NOT_A_DICT_KEY}'
 
-const MAPPING_COMMAND: string = '\%(\<sil\%[ent]!\=\s\+\)\=\<[nvxsoilct]\=\%(nore\|un\)map!\=\s'
+# START_MIDDLE_END {{{3
 
-# NORMAL_COMMAND {{{3
+# Let's derive this constant from `BLOCKS`:
+#
+#     [['if', 'el\%[se]', 'elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+#      ['for', 'endfor\='],
+#      ...,
+#      [...]]
+#     →
+#     {
+#      'for': ['for', '', 'endfor\='],
+#      'endfor': ['for', '', 'endfor\='],
+#      'if': ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+#      'else': ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+#      'elseif': ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+#      'endif': ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+#      ...
+#     }
+var START_MIDDLE_END: dict<list<string>>
 
-const NORMAL_COMMAND: string = '\<norm\%[al]!\=\s*\S\+$'
+def Unshorten(kwd: string): string
+    return BlockStartKeyword(kwd)
+enddef
 
-# PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND {{{3
+def BlockStartKeyword(line: string): string
+    var kwd: string = line->matchstr('\l\+')
+    return fullcommand(kwd, false)
+enddef
 
-# In legacy, the `:+` and `:-` commands are not required to be preceded by a colon.
-# As a result, when `+` or `-` is alone on a line, there is ambiguity.
-# It might be an operator or a command.
-# To not break the indentation in legacy scripts, we might need to consider such
-# lines as commands.
-const PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND: string = '^\s*[+-]\s*$'
+{
+    for kwds: list<string> in BLOCKS
+        var [start: string, middle: string, end: string] = [kwds[0], '', kwds[-1]]
+        if MODIFIERS->has_key(start->Unshorten())
+            start = $'\%({MODIFIERS[start]}\)\={start}'
+        endif
+        if kwds->len() > 2
+            middle = kwds[1 : -2]->join('\|')
+        endif
+        for kwd: string in kwds
+            START_MIDDLE_END->extend({[kwd->Unshorten()]: [start, middle, end]})
+        endfor
+    endfor
+}
+
+START_MIDDLE_END = START_MIDDLE_END
+    ->map((_, kwds: list<string>) =>
+        kwds->map((_, kwd: string) => kwd == ''
+        ? ''
+        : $'\%(^\|{BAR_SEPARATION}\|\<sil\%[ent]\|{HIGHER_ORDER_COMMAND}\)\s*'
+        .. $'\<\%({kwd}\)\>\%(\s*{OPERATOR}\)\@!'))
+
+lockvar! START_MIDDLE_END
 
 # ENDS_BLOCK {{{3
 
 const ENDS_BLOCK: string = '^\s*\%('
-    .. 'en\%[dif]'
-    .. '\|' .. 'endfor\='
-    .. '\|' .. 'endw\%[hile]'
-    .. '\|' .. 'endt\%[ry]'
-    .. '\|' .. 'enddef'
-    .. '\|' .. 'endf\%[unction]'
-    .. '\|' .. 'aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]'
+    .. BLOCKS
+    ->copy()
+    ->map((_, kwds: list<string>): string => kwds[-1])
+    ->join('\|')
     .. '\|' .. CLOSING_BRACKET
     .. $'\){END_OF_COMMAND}'
 
 # ENDS_BLOCK_OR_CLAUSE {{{3
 
-patterns =<< trim END
-    en\%[dif]
-    el\%[se]
-    endfor\=
-    endw\%[hile]
-    endt\%[ry]
-    fina\|finally\=
-    enddef
-    endf\%[unction]
-    aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]
-END
+patterns = BLOCKS
+    ->copy()
+    ->map((_, kwds: list<string>) => kwds[1 :])
+    ->flattennew()
+    # `catch` and `elseif` need to be handled as special cases
+    ->filter((_, pat: string): bool => pat->Unshorten() !~ '^\%(catch\|elseif\)\>')
 
 const ENDS_BLOCK_OR_CLAUSE: string = '^\s*\%(' .. patterns->join('\|') .. $'\){END_OF_COMMAND}'
     .. $'\|^\s*cat\%[ch]\%(\s\+\({PATTERN_DELIMITER}\).*\1\)\={END_OF_COMMAND}'
     .. $'\|^\s*elseif\=\>\%({OPERATOR}\)\@!'
 
+# STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK {{{3
+
+patterns = []
+{
+    for kwds: list<string> in BLOCKS
+        for kwd: string in kwds[0 : -2]
+            if MODIFIERS->has_key(kwd->Unshorten())
+                patterns += [$'\%({MODIFIERS[kwd]}\)\={kwd}']
+            else
+                patterns += [kwd]
+            endif
+        endfor
+    endfor
+}
+
+const STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK: string = $'^\s*\%(sil\%[ent]\s\+\)\=\%({patterns->join('\|')}\)\>{NOT_A_DICT_KEY}'
+
 # STARTS_CURLY_BLOCK {{{3
 
 # TODO: `{` alone on a line is not necessarily the start of a block.
@@ -236,70 +310,57 @@ const STARTS_CURLY_BLOCK: string = '\%('
     .. '\|' ..  $'^\%(\s*\|.*{BAR_SEPARATION}\s*\)\%(com\%[mand]\|au\%[tocmd]\).*\zs\s{{'
     .. '\)' .. END_OF_COMMAND
 
-# STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK {{{3
-
-# All of these will be used at the start of a line (or after a bar).
-# NOTE: Don't replace `\%x28` with `(`.{{{
-#
-# Otherwise, the paren would be unbalanced which might cause syntax highlighting
-# issues much  later in the  code of the  current script (sometimes,  the syntax
-# highlighting plugin fails  to correctly recognize a heredoc which  is far away
-# and/or not displayed because inside a fold).
-# }}}
-patterns =<< trim END
-    if
-    el\%[se]
-    elseif\=
-    for
-    wh\%[ile]
-    try
-    cat\%[ch]
-    fina\|finally\=
-    fu\%[nction]\%x28\@!
-    \%(export\s\+\)\=def
-    aug\%[roup]\%(\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)\@!\s\+\S\+
-END
-const STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK: string = '^\s*\%(sil\%[ent]\s\+\)\=\%(' .. patterns->join('\|') .. '\)\>:\@!'
-
 # STARTS_FUNCTION {{{3
 
-const STARTS_FUNCTION: string = '^\s*\%(export\s\+\)\=def\>:\@!'
+const STARTS_FUNCTION: string = $'^\s*\%({MODIFIERS.def}\)\=def\>{NOT_A_DICT_KEY}'
 
 # ENDS_FUNCTION {{{3
 
-const ENDS_FUNCTION: string = $'^\s*enddef\>:\@!{END_OF_COMMAND}'
+const ENDS_FUNCTION: string = $'^\s*enddef\>{END_OF_COMMAND}'
 
-# START_MIDDLE_END {{{3
+# ASSIGNS_HEREDOC {{{3
 
-const START_MIDDLE_END: dict<list<string>> = {
-    if: ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
-    else: ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
-    elseif: ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
-    endif: ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
-    for: ['for', '', 'endfor\='],
-    endfor: ['for', '', 'endfor\='],
-    while: ['wh\%[ile]', '', 'endw\%[hile]'],
-    endwhile: ['wh\%[ile]', '', 'endw\%[hile]'],
-    try: ['try', 'cat\%[ch]\|fina\|finally\=', 'endt\%[ry]'],
-    catch: ['try', 'cat\%[ch]\|fina\|finally\=', 'endt\%[ry]'],
-    finally: ['try', 'cat\%[ch]\|fina\|finally\=', 'endt\%[ry]'],
-    endtry: ['try', 'cat\%[ch]\|fina\|finally\=', 'endt\%[ry]'],
-    def: ['\%(export\s\+\)\=def', '', 'enddef'],
-    enddef: ['\%(export\s\+\)\=def', '', 'enddef'],
-    function: ['fu\%[nction]', '', 'endf\%[unction]'],
-    endfunction: ['fu\%[nction]', '', 'endf\%[unction]'],
-    augroup: ['aug\%[roup]\%(\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)\@!\s\+\S\+', '', 'aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]'],
-}->map((_, kwds: list<string>) =>
-    kwds->map((_, kwd: string) => kwd == ''
-    ? ''
-    : $'\%(^\|{BAR_SEPARATION}\|\<sil\%[ent]\|{HIGHER_ORDER_COMMAND}\)\s*'
-    .. $'\%({printf('\C\<\%%(%s\)\>:\@!\%%(\s*%s\)\@!', kwd, OPERATOR)}\)'))
+const ASSIGNS_HEREDOC: string = $'^\%({COMMENT}\)\@!.*\%({HEREDOC_OPERATOR}\)\s\+\zs[A-Z]\+{END_OF_LINE}'
+
+# PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND {{{3
+
+# In legacy, the `:+` and `:-` commands are not required to be preceded by a colon.
+# As a result, when `+` or `-` is alone on a line, there is ambiguity.
+# It might be an operator or a command.
+# To not break the indentation in legacy scripts, we might need to consider such
+# lines as commands.
+const PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND: string = '^\s*[+-]\s*$'
+
+# TRICKY_COMMANDS {{{3
+
+# Some  commands  are tricky  because  they  accept  an  argument which  can  be
+# conflated with an operator.  Examples:
+#
+#     argdelete *
+#     cd -
+#     normal! ==
+#     nunmap <buffer> (
+#
+# TODO: Other commands might accept operators as argument.  Handle them too.
+patterns =<< trim eval END
+    {'\'}<argd\%[elete]\s\+\*\s*$
+    \<[lt]\=cd!\=\s\+-\s*$
+    \<norm\%[al]!\=\s*\S\+$
+    \%(\<sil\%[ent]!\=\s\+\)\=\<[nvxsoilct]\=\%(nore\|un\)map!\=\s
+    {PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND}
+END
+
+const TRICKY_COMMANDS: string = patterns->join('\|')
 # }}}2
 # EOL {{{2
 # OPENING_BRACKET_AT_EOL {{{3
 
 const OPENING_BRACKET_AT_EOL: string = OPENING_BRACKET .. END_OF_VIM9_LINE
 
+# CLOSING_BRACKET_AT_EOL {{{3
+
+const CLOSING_BRACKET_AT_EOL: string = CLOSING_BRACKET .. END_OF_VIM9_LINE
+
 # COMMA_AT_EOL {{{3
 
 const COMMA_AT_EOL: string = $',{END_OF_VIM9_LINE}'
@@ -387,6 +448,7 @@ export def Expr(lnum = v:lnum): number # {{{2
     endif
 
     if line_A->AtStartOf('FuncHeader')
+            && !IsInInterface()
         line_A.lnum->CacheFuncHeader()
     elseif line_A.lnum->IsInside('FuncHeader')
         return b:vimindent.startindent + 2 * shiftwidth()
@@ -425,6 +487,7 @@ export def Expr(lnum = v:lnum): number # {{{2
     if line_A.text->ContinuesBelowBracketBlock(line_B, past_bracket_block)
             && line_A.text !~ CLOSING_BRACKET_AT_SOL
         return past_bracket_block.startindent
+            + (past_bracket_block.startline =~ STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK ? 2 * shiftwidth() : 0)
     endif
 
     # Problem: If we press `==` on the line right below the start of a multiline
@@ -433,6 +496,18 @@ export def Expr(lnum = v:lnum): number # {{{2
     if line_B->EndsWithLambdaArrow()
         return Indent(line_B.lnum) + shiftwidth() + IndentMoreInBracketBlock()
     endif
+    # FIXME: Similar issue here:
+    #
+    #     var x = []
+    #         ->filter((_, _) =>
+    #             true)
+    #         ->items()
+    #
+    # Press `==` on last line.
+    # Expected: The `->items()` line is indented like `->filter(...)`.
+    # Actual: It's indented like `true)`.
+    # Is it worth fixing? `=ip` gives  the correct indentation, because then the
+    # cache is used.
 
     # Don't move this block before the heredoc one.{{{
     #
@@ -531,8 +606,13 @@ def Offset( # {{{2
         line_B: dict<any>,
         ): number
 
+    if line_B->AtStartOf('FuncHeader')
+            && IsInInterface()
+        return 0
+
     # increase indentation inside a block
-    if line_B.text =~ STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK || line_B->EndsWithCurlyBlock()
+    elseif line_B.text =~ STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK
+            || line_B->EndsWithCurlyBlock()
         # But don't indent if the line starting the block also closes it.
         if line_B->AlsoClosesBlock()
             return 0
@@ -802,11 +882,6 @@ def Indent(lnum: number): number # {{{3
     return indent(lnum)
 enddef
 
-def BlockStartKeyword(line: string): string # {{{3
-    var kwd: string = line->matchstr('\l\+')
-    return fullcommand(kwd, false)
-enddef
-
 def MatchingOpenBracket(line: dict<any>): number # {{{3
     var end: string = line.text->matchstr(CLOSING_BRACKET)
     var start: string = {']': '[', '}': '{', ')': '('}[end]
@@ -903,7 +978,8 @@ def SearchPair( # {{{3
     if end == '[' || end == ']'
         e = e->escape('[]')
     endif
-    return searchpair(s, middle, e, flags, (): bool => InCommentOrString(), stopline, TIMEOUT)
+    return searchpair('\C' .. s, (middle == '' ? '' : '\C' .. middle), '\C' .. e,
+        flags, (): bool => InCommentOrString(), stopline, TIMEOUT)
 enddef
 
 def SearchPairStart( # {{{3
@@ -1011,6 +1087,10 @@ def IsInThisBlock(line_A: dict<any>, lnum: number): bool # {{{3
     return line_A.lnum <= end
 enddef
 
+def IsInInterface(): bool # {{{3
+    return SearchPair('interface', '', 'endinterface', 'nW') > 0
+enddef
+
 def IsFirstLineOfCommand(line_1: dict<any>, line_2: dict<any>): bool # {{{3
     if line_1.text->Is_IN_KeywordForLoop(line_2.text)
         return false
@@ -1041,13 +1121,8 @@ def Is_IN_KeywordForLoop(line_1: string, line_2: string): bool # {{{3
 enddef
 
 def InCommentOrString(): bool # {{{3
-    for synID: number in synstack('.', col('.'))
-        if synIDattr(synID, 'name') =~ '\ccomment\|string\|heredoc'
-            return true
-        endif
-    endfor
-
-    return false
+    return synstack('.', col('.'))
+        ->indexof((_, id: number): bool => synIDattr(id, 'name') =~ '\ccomment\|string\|heredoc') >= 0
 enddef
 
 def AlsoClosesBlock(line_B: dict<any>): bool # {{{3
@@ -1091,6 +1166,10 @@ def EndsWithOpeningBracket(line: dict<any>): bool # {{{3
     return NonCommentedMatch(line, OPENING_BRACKET_AT_EOL)
 enddef
 
+def EndsWithClosingBracket(line: dict<any>): bool # {{{3
+    return NonCommentedMatch(line, CLOSING_BRACKET_AT_EOL)
+enddef
+
 def NonCommentedMatch(line: dict<any>, pat: string): bool # {{{3
     # Could happen if there is no code above us, and we're not on the 1st line.
     # In that case, `PrevCodeLine()` returns `{lnum: 0, line: ''}`.
@@ -1098,16 +1177,6 @@ def NonCommentedMatch(line: dict<any>, pat: string): bool # {{{3
         return false
     endif
 
-    if line.text =~ PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND
-        return false
-    endif
-
-    # In `argdelete *`, `*` is not a multiplication operator.
-    # TODO: Other commands can accept `*` as an argument.  Handle them too.
-    if line.text =~ '\<argd\%[elete]\s\+\*\s*$'
-        return false
-    endif
-
     # Technically, that's wrong.  A  line might start with a range  and end with a
     # line continuation symbol.  But it's unlikely.  And it's useful to assume the
     # opposite because it  prevents us from conflating a mark  with an operator or
@@ -1174,24 +1243,7 @@ def NonCommentedMatch(line: dict<any>, pat: string): bool # {{{3
         return false
     endif
 
-    # `:help cd-`
-    if line.text =~ CD_COMMAND
-        return false
-    endif
-
-    # At the end of a mapping, any character might appear; e.g. a paren:
-    #
-    #     nunmap <buffer> (
-    #
-    # Don't conflate this with a line continuation symbol.
-    if line.text =~ MAPPING_COMMAND
-        return false
-    endif
-
-    #             not a comparison operator
-    #             vv
-    #     normal! ==
-    if line.text =~ NORMAL_COMMAND
+    if line.text =~ TRICKY_COMMANDS
         return false
     endif
 

runtime/autoload/python.vim

@@ -22,8 +22,7 @@ let s:maxoff = 50       " maximum number of lines to look backwards for ()
 function s:SearchBracket(fromlnum, flags)
   return searchpairpos('[[({]', '', '[])}]', a:flags,
           \ {-> synstack('.', col('.'))
-          \   ->map({_, id -> id->synIDattr('name')})
-          \   ->match('\%(Comment\|Todo\|String\)$') >= 0},
+          \ ->indexof({_, id -> synIDattr(id, 'name') =~ '\%(Comment\|Todo\|String\)$'}) >= 0},
           \ [0, a:fromlnum - s:maxoff]->max(), g:python_indent.searchpair_timeout)
 endfunction
 
@@ -157,15 +156,13 @@ function python#GetIndent(lnum, ...)
     " the start of the comment.  synID() is slow, a linear search would take
     " too long on a long line.
     if synstack(plnum, pline_len)
-    \ ->map({_, id -> id->synIDattr('name')})
-    \ ->match('\%(Comment\|Todo\)$') >= 0
+    \ ->indexof({_, id -> synIDattr(id, 'name') =~ '\%(Comment\|Todo\)$'}) >= 0
       let min = 1
       let max = pline_len
       while min < max
 	let col = (min + max) / 2
         if synstack(plnum, col)
-        \ ->map({_, id -> id->synIDattr('name')})
-        \ ->match('\%(Comment\|Todo\)$') >= 0
+        \ ->indexof({_, id -> synIDattr(id, 'name') =~ '\%(Comment\|Todo\)$'}) >= 0
 	  let max = col
 	else
 	  let min = col + 1

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2019 Aug 16
+" Last Change: 2023 Jan 01
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -351,63 +351,65 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   let s:old_magic = &magic
   set magic
 
-  if s:settings.use_xhtml
-    if s:settings.encoding != ""
-      let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"" . s:settings.encoding . "\"?>"
-    else
-      let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>"
-    endif
-    let tag_close = ' />'
-  endif
-
-  let style = [s:settings.use_xhtml ? "" : '-->']
-  let body_line = ''
-
   let html = []
-  let s:html5 = 0
-  if s:settings.use_xhtml
-    call add(html, xml_line)
-  endif
-  if s:settings.use_xhtml
-    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">")
-    call add(html, '<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">')
-  elseif s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_pre
-    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html>")
-    call add(html, '<html>')
-    let s:html5 = 1
-  else
-    call add(html, '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"')
-    call add(html, '  "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">')
-    call add(html, '<html>')
-  endif
-  call add(html, '<head>')
-
-  " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
-  " contained in XML information
-  if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
-    if s:html5
-      call add(html, '<meta charset="' . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
-    else
-      call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+  if !s:settings.no_doc
+    if s:settings.use_xhtml
+      if s:settings.encoding != ""
+	let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"" . s:settings.encoding . "\"?>"
+      else
+	let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>"
+      endif
+      let tag_close = ' />'
     endif
+
+    let style = [s:settings.use_xhtml ? "" : '-->']
+    let body_line = ''
+
+    let s:html5 = 0
+    if s:settings.use_xhtml
+      call add(html, xml_line)
+    endif
+    if s:settings.use_xhtml
+      call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">")
+      call add(html, '<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">')
+    elseif s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_pre
+      call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html>")
+      call add(html, '<html>')
+      let s:html5 = 1
+    else
+      call add(html, '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"')
+      call add(html, '  "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">')
+      call add(html, '<html>')
+    endif
+    call add(html, '<head>')
+
+    " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
+    " contained in XML information
+    if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
+      if s:html5
+	call add(html, '<meta charset="' . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+      else
+	call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    call add(html, '<title>diff</title>')
+    call add(html, '<meta name="Generator" content="Vim/'.v:version/100.'.'.v:version%100.'"'.tag_close)
+    call add(html, '<meta name="plugin-version" content="'.g:loaded_2html_plugin.'"'.tag_close)
+    call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
+	  \ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
+	  \ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
+	  \ ',use_input_for_pc='.s:settings.use_input_for_pc.
+	  \ '"'.tag_close)
+    call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
+	  \ (exists('g:colors_name')
+	  \ ? g:colors_name
+	  \ : 'none'). '"'.tag_close)
+
+    call add(html, '</head>')
+    let body_line_num = len(html)
+    call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
   endif
-
-  call add(html, '<title>diff</title>')
-  call add(html, '<meta name="Generator" content="Vim/'.v:version/100.'.'.v:version%100.'"'.tag_close)
-  call add(html, '<meta name="plugin-version" content="'.g:loaded_2html_plugin.'"'.tag_close)
-  call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
-	\ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
-	\ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
-	\ ',use_input_for_pc='.s:settings.use_input_for_pc.
-	\ '"'.tag_close)
-  call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
-	\ (exists('g:colors_name')
-	\ ? g:colors_name
-	\ : 'none'). '"'.tag_close)
-
-  call add(html, '</head>')
-  let body_line_num = len(html)
-  call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
   call add(html, "<table ".(s:settings.use_css? "" : "border='1' width='100%' ")."id='vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."'>")
 
   call add(html, '<tr>')
@@ -430,47 +432,53 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " When not using CSS or when using xhtml, the <body> line can be important.
     " Assume it will be the same for all buffers and grab it from the first
     " buffer. Similarly, need to grab the body end line as well.
-    if body_line == ''
+    if !s:settings.no_doc
+      if body_line == ''
+	1
+	call search('<body')
+	let body_line = getline('.')
+	$
+	call search('</body>', 'b')
+	let s:body_end_line = getline('.')
+      endif
+
+      " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
+      " it if it's not already there. {{{
       1
-      call search('<body')
-      let body_line = getline('.')
-      $
-      call search('</body>', 'b')
-      let s:body_end_line = getline('.')
-    endif
-
-    " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
-    " it if it's not already there. {{{
-    1
-    let style_start = search('^<style\( type="text/css"\)\?>')
-    1
-    let style_end = search('^</style>')
-    if style_start > 0 && style_end > 0
-      let buf_styles = getline(style_start + 1, style_end - 1)
-      for a_style in buf_styles
-	if index(style, a_style) == -1
-	  if diff_style_start == 0
-	    if a_style =~ '\<Diff\(Change\|Text\|Add\|Delete\)'
-	      let diff_style_start = len(style)-1
+      let style_start = search('^<style\( type="text/css"\)\?>')
+      1
+      let style_end = search('^</style>')
+      if style_start > 0 && style_end > 0
+	let buf_styles = getline(style_start + 1, style_end - 1)
+	for a_style in buf_styles
+	  if index(style, a_style) == -1
+	    if diff_style_start == 0
+	      if a_style =~ '\<Diff\(Change\|Text\|Add\|Delete\)'
+		let diff_style_start = len(style)-1
+	      endif
 	    endif
+	    call insert(style, a_style, insert_index)
+	    let insert_index += 1
 	  endif
-	  call insert(style, a_style, insert_index)
-	  let insert_index += 1
-	endif
-      endfor
-    endif " }}}
+	endfor
+      endif " }}}
 
-    " everything new will get added before the diff styles so diff highlight
-    " properly overrides normal highlight
-    if diff_style_start != 0
-      let insert_index = diff_style_start
+      " everything new will get added before the diff styles so diff highlight
+      " properly overrides normal highlight
+      if diff_style_start != 0
+	let insert_index = diff_style_start
+      endif
+
+      " Delete those parts that are not needed so we can include the rest into the
+      " resulting table.
+      1,/^<body.*\%(\n<!--.*-->\_s\+.*id='oneCharWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneInputWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneEmWidth'\)\?\zs/d_
+      $
+      ?</body>?,$d_
+    elseif !s:settings.no_modeline
+      " remove modeline from source files if it is included and we haven't deleted
+      " due to removing html footer already
+      $d
     endif
-
-    " Delete those parts that are not needed so we can include the rest into the
-    " resulting table.
-    1,/^<body.*\%(\n<!--.*-->\_s\+.*id='oneCharWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneInputWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneEmWidth'\)\?\zs/d_
-    $
-    ?</body>?,$d_
     let temp = getline(1,'$')
     " clean out id on the main content container because we already set it on
     " the table
@@ -478,7 +486,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " undo deletion of start and end part
     " so we can later save the file as valid html
     " TODO: restore using grabbed lines if undolevel is 1?
-    normal! 2u
+    if !s:settings.no_doc
+      normal! 2u
+    elseif !s:settings.no_modeline
+      normal! u
+    endif
     if s:settings.use_css
       call add(html, '<td><div>')
     elseif s:settings.use_xhtml
@@ -495,17 +507,23 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     quit!
   endfor
 
-  let html[body_line_num] = body_line
+  if !s:settings.no_doc
+    let html[body_line_num] = body_line
+  endif
 
   call add(html, '</tr>')
   call add(html, '</table>')
-  call add(html, s:body_end_line)
-  call add(html, '</html>')
+  if !s:settings.no_doc
+    call add(html, s:body_end_line)
+    call add(html, '</html>')
+  endif
 
   " The generated HTML is admittedly ugly and takes a LONG time to fold.
   " Make sure the user doesn't do syntax folding when loading a generated file,
   " using a modeline.
-  call add(html, '<!-- vim: set foldmethod=manual : -->')
+  if !s:settings.no_modeline
+    call add(html, '<!-- vim: set foldmethod=manual : -->')
+  endif
 
   let i = 1
   let name = "Diff" . (s:settings.use_xhtml ? ".xhtml" : ".html")
@@ -542,129 +560,131 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 
   call append(0, html)
 
-  if len(style) > 0
-    1
-    let style_start = search('^</head>')-1
+  if !s:settings.no_doc
+    if len(style) > 0
+      1
+      let style_start = search('^</head>')-1
 
-    " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
-    " and again without adjusting {{{
+      " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
+      " and again without adjusting {{{
 
-    let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids
+      let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids
 
-    " insert script closing tag if needed
-    if s:uses_script
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ '',
-	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
-	    \ "</script>"
-	    \ ])
-    endif
-
-    " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
-    " jumping to any lines contained therein
-    if s:settings.line_ids
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "  /* Always jump to new location even if the line was hidden inside a fold, or",
-	    \ "   * we corrected the raw number to a line ID.",
-	    \ "   */",
-	    \ "  if (lineElem) {",
-	    \ "    lineElem.scrollIntoView(true);",
-	    \ "  }",
-	    \ "  return true;",
-	    \ "}",
-	    \ "if ('onhashchange' in window) {",
-	    \ "  window.onhashchange = JumpToLine;",
-	    \ "}"
-	    \ ])
-
-      if s:settings.dynamic_folds
+      " insert script closing tag if needed
+      if s:uses_script
 	call append(style_start, [
-	      \ "",
-	      \ "  /* navigate upwards in the DOM tree to open all folds containing the line */",
-	      \ "  var node = lineElem;",
-	      \ "  while (node && node.id != 'vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."')",
-	      \ "  {",
-	      \ "    if (node.className == 'closed-fold')",
-	      \ "    {",
-	      \ "      /* toggle open the fold ID (remove window ID) */",
-	      \ "      toggleFold(node.id.substr(4));",
-	      \ "    }",
-	      \ "    node = node.parentNode;",
-	      \ "  }",
+	      \ '',
+	      \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
+	      \ "</script>"
 	      \ ])
       endif
-    endif
 
-    if s:settings.line_ids
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "",
-	    \ "/* function to open any folds containing a jumped-to line before jumping to it */",
-	    \ "function JumpToLine()",
-	    \ "{",
-	    \ "  var lineNum;",
-	    \ "  lineNum = window.location.hash;",
-	    \ "  lineNum = lineNum.substr(1); /* strip off '#' */",
-	    \ "",
-	    \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('L') == -1) {",
-	    \ "    lineNum = 'L'+lineNum;",
-	    \ "  }",
-	    \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('W') == -1) {",
-	    \ "    lineNum = 'W1'+lineNum;",
-	    \ "  }",
-	    \ "  var lineElem = document.getElementById(lineNum);"
-	    \ ])
-    endif
+      " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
+      " jumping to any lines contained therein
+      if s:settings.line_ids
+	call append(style_start, [
+	      \ "  /* Always jump to new location even if the line was hidden inside a fold, or",
+	      \ "   * we corrected the raw number to a line ID.",
+	      \ "   */",
+	      \ "  if (lineElem) {",
+	      \ "    lineElem.scrollIntoView(true);",
+	      \ "  }",
+	      \ "  return true;",
+	      \ "}",
+	      \ "if ('onhashchange' in window) {",
+	      \ "  window.onhashchange = JumpToLine;",
+	      \ "}"
+	      \ ])
 
-    " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
-    " if dynamic folding is active.
-    if s:settings.dynamic_folds
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \  "  function toggleFold(objID)",
-	    \  "  {",
-	    \  "    for (win_num = 1; win_num <= ".len(a:buf_list)."; win_num++)",
-	    \  "    {",
-	    \  "      var fold;",
-	    \  '      fold = document.getElementById("win"+win_num+objID);',
-	    \  "      if(fold.className == 'closed-fold')",
-	    \  "      {",
-	    \  "        fold.className = 'open-fold';",
-	    \  "      }",
-	    \  "      else if (fold.className == 'open-fold')",
-	    \  "      {",
-	    \  "        fold.className = 'closed-fold';",
-	    \  "      }",
-	    \  "    }",
-	    \  "  }",
-	    \ ])
-    endif
+	if s:settings.dynamic_folds
+	  call append(style_start, [
+		\ "",
+		\ "  /* navigate upwards in the DOM tree to open all folds containing the line */",
+		\ "  var node = lineElem;",
+		\ "  while (node && node.id != 'vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."')",
+		\ "  {",
+		\ "    if (node.className == 'closed-fold')",
+		\ "    {",
+		\ "      /* toggle open the fold ID (remove window ID) */",
+		\ "      toggleFold(node.id.substr(4));",
+		\ "    }",
+		\ "    node = node.parentNode;",
+		\ "  }",
+		\ ])
+	endif
+      endif
 
-    if s:uses_script
-      " insert script tag if needed
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "<script" . (s:html5 ? "" : " type='text/javascript'") . ">",
-	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
-    endif
+      if s:settings.line_ids
+	call append(style_start, [
+	      \ "",
+	      \ "/* function to open any folds containing a jumped-to line before jumping to it */",
+	      \ "function JumpToLine()",
+	      \ "{",
+	      \ "  var lineNum;",
+	      \ "  lineNum = window.location.hash;",
+	      \ "  lineNum = lineNum.substr(1); /* strip off '#' */",
+	      \ "",
+	      \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('L') == -1) {",
+	      \ "    lineNum = 'L'+lineNum;",
+	      \ "  }",
+	      \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('W') == -1) {",
+	      \ "    lineNum = 'W1'+lineNum;",
+	      \ "  }",
+	      \ "  var lineElem = document.getElementById(lineNum);"
+	      \ ])
+      endif
 
-    " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
-    " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take
-    " up the full browser window (but not more), and be static in size,
-    " horizontally scrollable when the lines are too long. Otherwise, the diff
-    " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
-    if s:settings.use_css
-      call append(style_start,
-	    \ ['<style' . (s:html5 ? '' : 'type="text/css"') . '>']+
-	    \ style+
-	    \ [ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '<!--',
-	    \   'table { table-layout: fixed; }',
-	    \   'html, body, table, tbody { width: 100%; margin: 0; padding: 0; }',
-	    \   'table, td, th { border: 1px solid; }',
-	    \   'td { vertical-align: top; }',
-	    \   'th, td { width: '.printf("%.1f",100.0/len(a:win_list)).'%; }',
-	    \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
-	    \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
-	    \   '</style>'
-	    \])
-    endif "}}}
+      " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
+      " if dynamic folding is active.
+      if s:settings.dynamic_folds
+	call append(style_start, [
+	      \  "  function toggleFold(objID)",
+	      \  "  {",
+	      \  "    for (win_num = 1; win_num <= ".len(a:buf_list)."; win_num++)",
+	      \  "    {",
+	      \  "      var fold;",
+	      \  '      fold = document.getElementById("win"+win_num+objID);',
+	      \  "      if(fold.className == 'closed-fold')",
+	      \  "      {",
+	      \  "        fold.className = 'open-fold';",
+	      \  "      }",
+	      \  "      else if (fold.className == 'open-fold')",
+	      \  "      {",
+	      \  "        fold.className = 'closed-fold';",
+	      \  "      }",
+	      \  "    }",
+	      \  "  }",
+	      \ ])
+      endif
+
+      if s:uses_script
+	" insert script tag if needed
+	call append(style_start, [
+	      \ "<script" . (s:html5 ? "" : " type='text/javascript'") . ">",
+	      \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
+      endif
+
+      " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
+      " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take
+      " up the full browser window (but not more), and be static in size,
+      " horizontally scrollable when the lines are too long. Otherwise, the diff
+      " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
+      if s:settings.use_css
+	call append(style_start,
+	      \ ['<style' . (s:html5 ? '' : 'type="text/css"') . '>']+
+	      \ style+
+	      \ [ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '<!--',
+	      \   'table { table-layout: fixed; }',
+	      \   'html, body, table, tbody { width: 100%; margin: 0; padding: 0; }',
+	      \   'table, td, th { border: 1px solid; }',
+	      \   'td { vertical-align: top; }',
+	      \   'th, td { width: '.printf("%.1f",100.0/len(a:win_list)).'%; }',
+	      \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
+	      \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
+	      \   '</style>'
+	      \])
+      endif "}}}
+    endif
   endif
 
   let &paste = s:old_paste
@@ -712,6 +732,9 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'hover_unfold', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,            'no_pre', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,            'no_doc', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,          'no_links', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'no_modeline', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'no_invalid', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'whole_filler', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'use_xhtml', 0 )
@@ -752,7 +775,7 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
 
     " pre_wrap doesn't do anything if not using pre or not using CSS
     if user_settings.no_pre || !user_settings.use_css
-      let user_settings.pre_wrap=0
+      let user_settings.pre_wrap = 0
     endif
     "}}}
 

runtime/autoload/zig/fmt.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+" Adapted from fatih/vim-go: autoload/go/fmt.vim
+"
+" Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+" Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+" license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+"
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+function! zig#fmt#Format() abort
+  " Save cursor position and many other things.
+  let view = winsaveview()
+
+  if !executable('zig')
+    echohl Error | echomsg "no zig binary found in PATH" | echohl None
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let cmdline = 'zig fmt --stdin --ast-check'
+  let current_buf = bufnr('')
+
+  " The formatted code is output on stdout, the errors go on stderr.
+  if exists('*systemlist')
+    silent let out = systemlist(cmdline, current_buf)
+  else
+    silent let out = split(system(cmdline, current_buf))
+  endif
+  if len(out) == 1
+    if out[0] == "error: unrecognized parameter: '--ast-check'"
+      let cmdline = 'zig fmt --stdin'
+      if exists('*systemlist')
+        silent let out = systemlist(cmdline, current_buf)
+      else
+        silent let out = split(system(cmdline, current_buf))
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+  let err = v:shell_error
+
+
+  if err == 0
+    " remove undo point caused via BufWritePre.
+    try | silent undojoin | catch | endtry
+
+    " Replace the file content with the formatted version.
+    if exists('*deletebufline')
+      call deletebufline(current_buf, len(out), line('$'))
+    else
+      silent execute ':' . len(out) . ',' . line('$') . ' delete _'
+    endif
+    call setline(1, out)
+
+    " No errors detected, close the loclist.
+    call setloclist(0, [], 'r')
+    lclose
+  elseif get(g:, 'zig_fmt_parse_errors', 1)
+    let errors = s:parse_errors(expand('%'), out)
+
+    call setloclist(0, [], 'r', {
+        \ 'title': 'Errors',
+        \ 'items': errors,
+        \ })
+
+    let max_win_height = get(g:, 'zig_fmt_max_window_height', 5)
+    " Prevent the loclist from becoming too long.
+    let win_height = min([max_win_height, len(errors)])
+    " Open the loclist, but only if there's at least one error to show.
+    execute 'silent! lwindow ' . win_height
+  endif
+
+  call winrestview(view)
+
+  if err != 0
+    echohl Error | echomsg "zig fmt returned error" | echohl None
+    return
+  endif
+
+  " Run the syntax highlighter on the updated content and recompute the folds if
+  " needed.
+  syntax sync fromstart
+endfunction
+
+" parse_errors parses the given errors and returns a list of parsed errors
+function! s:parse_errors(filename, lines) abort
+  " list of errors to be put into location list
+  let errors = []
+  for line in a:lines
+    let tokens = matchlist(line, '^\(.\{-}\):\(\d\+\):\(\d\+\)\s*\(.*\)')
+    if !empty(tokens)
+      call add(errors,{
+            \"filename": a:filename,
+            \"lnum":     tokens[2],
+            \"col":      tokens[3],
+            \"text":     tokens[4],
+            \ })
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  return errors
+endfunction
+" vim: sw=2 ts=2 et

runtime/compiler/dotnet.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:            dotnet build (.NET CLI)
+" Maintainer:          Nick Jensen <nickspoon@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:         2022-12-06
+" License:             Vim (see :h license)
+" Repository:          https://github.com/nickspoons/vim-cs
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dotnet"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if get(g:, "dotnet_errors_only", v:false)
+  CompilerSet makeprg=dotnet\ build\ -nologo
+		     \\ -consoleloggerparameters:NoSummary
+		     \\ -consoleloggerparameters:ErrorsOnly
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=dotnet\ build\ -nologo\ -consoleloggerparameters:NoSummary
+endif
+
+if get(g:, "dotnet_show_project_file", v:true)
+  CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f(%l\\,%c):\ %trror\ %m,
+			 \%W%f(%l\\,%c):\ %tarning\ %m,
+			 \%-G%.%#
+else
+  CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f(%l\\,%c):\ %trror\ %m\ [%.%#],
+			 \%W%f(%l\\,%c):\ %tarning\ %m\ [%.%#],
+			 \%-G%.%#
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/zig.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "zig"
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+    command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+" a subcommand must be provided for the this compiler (test, build-exe, etc)
+if has('patch-7.4.191')
+    CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ \$*\ \%:S
+else
+    CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ \$*\ \"%\"
+endif
+
+" TODO: improve errorformat as needed.
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig_build.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig build)
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+runtime compiler/zig.vim
+let current_compiler = 'zig_build'
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if exists('g:zig_build_makeprg_params')
+	execute 'CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build\ '.escape(g:zig_build_makeprg_params, ' \|"').'\ $*'
+else
+	CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build\ $*
+endif
+
+" TODO: anything to add to errorformat for zig build specifically?
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig_build_exe.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig build-exe)
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+runtime compiler/zig.vim
+let current_compiler = 'zig_build_exe'
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if has('patch-7.4.191')
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build-exe\ \%:S\ \$* 
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build-exe\ \"%\"\ \$* 
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig_test.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig test)
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+runtime compiler/zig.vim
+let current_compiler = 'zig_test'
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if has('patch-7.4.191')
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ test\ \%:S\ \$* 
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ test\ \"%\"\ \$* 
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version9.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
 	vim9.txt \
+	vim9class.txt \
 	visual.txt \
 	windows.txt \
 	workshop.txt
@@ -313,6 +314,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	vi_diff.html \
 	vimindex.html \
 	vim9.html \
+	vim9class.html \
 	visual.html \
 	windows.html \
 	workshop.html

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 24
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Example in Vim9 script: >
 In legacy script: >
    call autocmd_add(#{replace: v:true,
 		    \ group: 'DemoGroup',
-   		    \ event: 'BufEnter',
+		    \ event: 'BufEnter',
 		    \ pattern: '*.txt',
 		    \ cmd: 'call DemoBufEnter()'
 		    \ })
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ If the `:autocmd` is in Vim9 script (a script that starts with `:vim9script`
 and in a `:def` function) then {cmd} will be executed as in Vim9
 script.  Thus this depends on where the autocmd is defined, not where it is
 triggered.
-
+							*:autocmd-block*
 {cmd} can be a block, like with `:command`, see |:command-repl|.  Example: >
 	au BufReadPost *.xml {
 		  setlocal matchpairs+=<:>
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |InsertEnter|		starting Insert mode
 |InsertChange|		when typing <Insert> while in Insert or Replace mode
 |InsertLeave|		when leaving Insert mode
-|InsertLeavePre| 	just before leaving Insert mode
+|InsertLeavePre|	just before leaving Insert mode
 |InsertCharPre|		when a character was typed in Insert mode, before
 			inserting it
 
@@ -611,9 +611,11 @@ CmdlineEnter			After moving the cursor to the command line,
 				where the user can type a command or search
 				string; including non-interactive use of ":"
 				in a mapping, but not when using |<Cmd>|.
+				The pattern is matched against the character
+				representing the type of command-line.
+				|cmdwin-char|
 				<afile> is set to a single character,
 				indicating the type of command-line.
-				|cmdwin-char|
 							*CmdlineLeave*
 CmdlineLeave			Before leaving the command line; including
 				non-interactive use of ":" in a mapping, but
@@ -1058,8 +1060,8 @@ QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 QuickFixCmdPost			Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
 				command is run, before jumping to the first
 				location. For |:cfile| and |:lfile| commands
-				it is run after error file is read and before
-				moving to the first error.
+				it is run after the error file is read and
+				before moving to the first error.
 				See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
 							*QuitPre*
 QuitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` or `:qall`, before
@@ -1342,8 +1344,9 @@ VimSuspend			When the Vim instance is suspended.  Only when
 				CTRL-Z was typed inside Vim, or when the SIGTSTP
 				signal was sent to Vim, but not for SIGSTOP.
 							*WinClosed*
-WinClosed			After closing a window.  The pattern is
-				matched against the |window-ID|.  Both
+WinClosed			When closing a window, just before it is
+				removed from the window layout.  The pattern
+				is matched against the |window-ID|.  Both
 				<amatch> and <afile> are set to the
 				|window-ID|.  Non-recursive (event cannot
 				trigger itself).
@@ -1371,17 +1374,42 @@ WinNew				When a new window was created.  Not done for
 				Before a WinEnter event.
 
 							*WinScrolled*
-WinScrolled			After scrolling the content of a window or
-				resizing a window.
-				The pattern is matched against the
-				|window-ID|.  Both <amatch> and <afile> are
-				set to the |window-ID|.
-				Non-recursive (the event cannot trigger
-				itself).  However, if the command causes the
-				window to scroll or change size another
+WinScrolled			After any window in the current tab page
+				scrolled the text (horizontally or vertically)
+				or changed width or height.  See
+				|win-scrolled-resized|.
+
+				The pattern is matched against the |window-ID|
+				of the first window that scrolled or resized.
+				Both <amatch> and <afile> are set to the
+				|window-ID|.
+
+				|v:event| is set with information about size
+				and scroll changes. |WinScrolled-event|
+
+				Only starts triggering after startup finished
+				and the first screen redraw was done.
+				Does not trigger when defining the first
+				WinScrolled or WinResized event, but may
+				trigger when adding more.
+
+				Non-recursive: the event will not trigger
+				while executing commands for the WinScrolled
+				event.  However, if the command causes a
+				window to scroll or change size, then another
 				WinScrolled event will be triggered later.
-				Does not trigger when the command is added,
-				only after the first scroll or resize.
+
+
+							*WinResized*
+WinResized			After a window in the current tab page changed
+				width or height.
+				See |win-scrolled-resized|.
+
+				|v:event| is set with information about size
+				changes. |WinResized-event|
+
+				Same behavior as |WinScrolled| for the
+				pattern, triggering and recursiveness.
 
 ==============================================================================
 6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{aupat}*

runtime/doc/builtin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 14
+*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ ch_status({handle} [, {options}])
 changenr()			Number	current change number
 char2nr({expr} [, {utf8}])	Number	ASCII/UTF-8 value of first char in {expr}
 charclass({string})		Number	character class of {string}
-charcol({expr})			Number	column number of cursor or mark
+charcol({expr} [, {winid}])	Number	column number of cursor or mark
 charidx({string}, {idx} [, {countcc}])
 				Number	char index of byte {idx} in {string}
 chdir({dir})			String	change current working directory
 cindent({lnum})			Number	C indent for line {lnum}
 clearmatches([{win}])		none	clear all matches
-col({expr})			Number	column byte index of cursor or mark
+col({expr} [, {winid}])		Number	column byte index of cursor or mark
 complete({startcol}, {matches}) none	set Insert mode completion
 complete_add({expr})		Number	add completion match
 complete_check()		Number	check for key typed during completion
@@ -208,8 +208,10 @@ get({func}, {what})		any	get property of funcref/partial {func}
 getbufinfo([{buf}])		List	information about buffers
 getbufline({buf}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 				List	lines {lnum} to {end} of buffer {buf}
+getbufoneline({buf}, {lnum})	String	line {lnum} of buffer {buf}
 getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in buffer {buf}
+getcellwidths()			List	get character cell width overrides
 getchangelist([{buf}])		List	list of change list items
 getchar([expr])			Number or String
 					get one character from the user
@@ -246,6 +248,7 @@ getloclist({nr}, {what})	Dict	get specific location list properties
 getmarklist([{buf}])		List	list of global/local marks
 getmatches([{win}])		List	list of current matches
 getmousepos()			Dict	last known mouse position
+getmouseshape()			String	current mouse shape name
 getpid()			Number	process ID of Vim
 getpos({expr})			List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
 getqflist()			List	list of quickfix items
@@ -263,7 +266,7 @@ gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {name} [, {def}])
 gettagstack([{nr}])		Dict	get the tag stack of window {nr}
 gettext({text})			String	lookup translation of {text}
 getwininfo([{winid}])		List	list of info about each window
-getwinpos([{timeout}])		List	X and Y coord in pixels of the Vim window
+getwinpos([{timeout}])		List	X and Y coord in pixels of Vim window
 getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of the Vim window
 getwinposy()			Number	Y coord in pixels of the Vim window
 getwinvar({nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
@@ -379,7 +382,7 @@ matchstrpos({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 max({expr})			Number	maximum value of items in {expr}
 menu_info({name} [, {mode}])	Dict	get menu item information
 min({expr})			Number	minimum value of items in {expr}
-mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
+mkdir({name} [, {flags} [, {prot}]])
 				Number	create directory {name}
 mode([expr])			String	current editing mode
 mzeval({expr})			any	evaluate |MzScheme| expression
@@ -606,6 +609,7 @@ submatch({nr} [, {list}])	String or List
 					specific match in ":s" or substitute()
 substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
 				String	all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
+swapfilelist()			List	swap files found in 'directory'
 swapinfo({fname})		Dict	information about swap file {fname}
 swapname({buf})			String	swap file of buffer {buf}
 synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans})	Number	syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
@@ -663,6 +667,8 @@ test_garbagecollect_soon()	none	free memory soon for testing
 test_getvalue({string})		any	get value of an internal variable
 test_gui_event({event}, {args})	bool	generate a GUI event for testing
 test_ignore_error({expr})	none	ignore a specific error
+test_mswin_event({event}, {args})
+				bool	generate MS-Windows event for testing
 test_null_blob()		Blob	null value for testing
 test_null_channel()		Channel	null value for testing
 test_null_dict()		Dict	null value for testing
@@ -806,8 +812,10 @@ append({lnum}, {text})					*append()*
 		{lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
 		{lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
 		Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
-		0 for success.  In |Vim9| script an invalid argument or
-		negative number results in an error.  Example: >
+		0 for success.  When {text} is an empty list zero is returned,
+		no matter the value of {lnum}.
+		In |Vim9| script an invalid argument or negative number
+		results in an error.  Example: >
 			:let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
 			:let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"])
 
@@ -835,7 +843,9 @@ appendbufline({buf}, {lnum}, {text})			*appendbufline()*
 		If {buf} is not a valid buffer or {lnum} is not valid, an
 		error message is given. Example: >
 			:let failed = appendbufline(13, 0, "# THE START")
-<
+<		However, when {text} is an empty list then no error is given
+		for an invalid {lnum}, since {lnum} isn't actually used.
+
 		Can also be used as a |method| after a List, the base is
 		passed as the second argument: >
 			mylist->appendbufline(buf, lnum)
@@ -981,7 +991,7 @@ autocmd_add({acmds})					*autocmd_add()*
 			let acmd.bufnr = 5
 			let acmd.cmd = 'call BufEnterFunc()'
 			call autocmd_add([acmd])
-
+<
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetAutocmdList()->autocmd_add()
 <
@@ -1317,7 +1327,8 @@ bufwinid({buf})						*bufwinid()*
 
 	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " .. (bufwinid(1))
 <
-		Only deals with the current tab page.
+		Only deals with the current tab page.  See |win_findbuf()| for
+		finding more.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			FindBuffer()->bufwinid()
@@ -1469,7 +1480,7 @@ charclass({string})					*charclass()*
 		Returns 0 if {string} is not a |String|.
 
 
-charcol({expr})						*charcol()*
+charcol({expr} [, {winid}])				*charcol()*
 		Same as |col()| but returns the character index of the column
 		position given with {expr} instead of the byte position.
 
@@ -1552,8 +1563,8 @@ clearmatches([{win}])					*clearmatches()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWin()->clearmatches()
 <
-							*col()*
-col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
+col({expr} [, {winid})					*col()*
+		The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 		position given with {expr}.  The accepted positions are:
 		    .	    the cursor position
 		    $	    the end of the cursor line (the result is the
@@ -1568,6 +1579,8 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 		and column number. Most useful when the column is "$", to get
 		the last column of a specific line.  When "lnum" or "col" is
 		out of range then col() returns zero.
+		With the optional {winid} argument the values are obtained for
+		that window instead of the current window.
 		To get the line number use |line()|.  To get both use
 		|getpos()|.
 		For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.  For the
@@ -1578,16 +1591,15 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 			col("$")		length of cursor line plus one
 			col("'t")		column of mark t
 			col("'" .. markname)	column of mark markname
-<		The first column is 1.  Returns 0 if {expr} is invalid.
+<		The first column is 1.  Returns 0 if {expr} is invalid or when
+		the window with ID {winid} is not found.
 		For an uppercase mark the column may actually be in another
 		buffer.
 		For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
 		column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
-		line.  This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
-			:imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
-				\<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
-				\<C-O>:echo col(".") .. "\n" <Bar>
-				\let &ve = save_ve<CR>
+		line.  Also, when using a <Cmd> mapping the cursor isn't
+		moved, this can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
+			:imap <F2> <Cmd>echowin col(".")<CR>
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPos()->col()
@@ -2557,8 +2569,7 @@ extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extend()*
 extendnew({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extendnew()*
 		Like |extend()| but instead of adding items to {expr1} a new
 		List or Dictionary is created and returned.  {expr1} remains
-		unchanged.  Items can still be changed by {expr2}, if you
-		don't want that use |deepcopy()| first.
+		unchanged.
 
 
 feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
@@ -2771,7 +2782,7 @@ flattennew({list} [, {maxdepth}])			*flattennew()*
 float2nr({expr})					*float2nr()*
 		Convert {expr} to a Number by omitting the part after the
 		decimal point.
-		{expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a Number.
+		{expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
 		Returns 0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
 		When the value of {expr} is out of range for a |Number| the
 		result is truncated to 0x7fffffff or -0x7fffffff (or when
@@ -2983,7 +2994,7 @@ funcref({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetFuncname()->funcref([arg])
 <
-				*function()* *partial* *E700* *E922* *E923*
+				*function()* *partial* *E700* *E923*
 function({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])
 		Return a |Funcref| variable that refers to function {name}.
 		{name} can be the name of a user defined function or an
@@ -3197,7 +3208,8 @@ getbufinfo([{dict}])
 getbufline({buf}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 		Return a |List| with the lines starting from {lnum} to {end}
 		(inclusive) in the buffer {buf}.  If {end} is omitted, a
-		|List| with only the line {lnum} is returned.
+		|List| with only the line {lnum} is returned.  See
+		`getbufoneline()` for only getting the line.
 
 		For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
 
@@ -3220,6 +3232,11 @@ getbufline({buf}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->getbufline(lnum)
+<
+							*getbufoneline()*
+getbufoneline({buf}, {lnum})
+		Just like `getbufline()` but only get one line and return it
+		as a string.
 
 getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 		The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
@@ -3245,6 +3262,13 @@ getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->getbufvar(varname)
 <
+getcellwidths()						*getcellwidths()*
+		Returns a |List| of cell widths of character ranges overridden
+		by |setcellwidths()|.  The format is equal to the argument of
+		|setcellwidths()|.  If no character ranges have their cell
+		widths overridden, an empty List is returned.
+
+
 getchangelist([{buf}])					*getchangelist()*
 		Returns the |changelist| for the buffer {buf}. For the use
 		of {buf}, see |bufname()| above. If buffer {buf} doesn't
@@ -3503,6 +3527,7 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		messages	|:messages| suboptions
 		option		options
 		packadd		optional package |pack-add| names
+		runtime		|:runtime| completion
 		scriptnames	sourced script names |:scriptnames|
 		shellcmd	Shell command
 		sign		|:sign| suboptions
@@ -3764,7 +3789,8 @@ getline({lnum} [, {end}])
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			ComputeLnum()->getline()
 
-<		To get lines from another buffer see |getbufline()|
+<		To get lines from another buffer see |getbufline()| and
+		|getbufoneline()|
 
 getloclist({nr} [, {what}])				*getloclist()*
 		Returns a |List| with all the entries in the location list for
@@ -3873,6 +3899,12 @@ getmousepos()						*getmousepos()*
 		When using |getchar()| the Vim variables |v:mouse_lnum|,
 		|v:mouse_col| and |v:mouse_winid| also provide these values.
 
+getmouseshape()						*getmouseshape()*
+		Returns the name of the currently showing mouse pointer.
+		When the |+mouseshape| feature is not supported or the shape
+		is unknown an empty string is returned.
+		This function is mainly intended for testing.
+
 							*getpid()*
 getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
 		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
@@ -4113,7 +4145,7 @@ getscriptinfo([{opts})					*getscriptinfo()*
 				this script name links to, if any, otherwise
 				zero
 		    variables   A dictionary with the script-local variables.
-				Present only when the a particular script is
+				Present only when a particular script is
 				specified using the "sid" item in {opts}.
 				Note that this is a copy, the value of
 				script-local variables cannot be changed using
@@ -5551,6 +5583,10 @@ map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		If {expr2} is a |Funcref| it is called with two arguments:
 			1. The key or the index of the current item.
 			2. the value of the current item.
+		With a legacy script lambda you don't get an error if it only
+		accepts one argument, but with a Vim9 lambda you get "E1106:
+		One argument too many", the number of arguments must match.
+
 		The function must return the new value of the item. Example
 		that changes each value by "key-value": >
 			func KeyValue(key, val)
@@ -6224,17 +6260,20 @@ min({expr})	Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}. Example:  >
 			mylist->min()
 
 <							*mkdir()* *E739*
-mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
+mkdir({name} [, {flags} [, {prot}]])
 		Create directory {name}.
 
-		If {path} contains "p" then intermediate directories are
-		created as necessary.  Otherwise it must be "".
+		When {flags} is present it must be a string.  An empty string
+		has no effect.
 
-		If {path} contains "D" then {name} is deleted at the end of
+		If {flags} contains "p" then intermediate directories are
+		created as necessary.
+
+		If {flags} contains "D" then {name} is deleted at the end of
 		the current function, as with: >
 			defer delete({name}, 'd')
 <
-		If {path} contains "R" then {name} is deleted recursively at
+		If {flags} contains "R" then {name} is deleted recursively at
 		the end of the current function, as with: >
 			defer delete({name}, 'rf')
 <		Note that when {name} has more than one part and "p" is used
@@ -6866,8 +6905,10 @@ readblob({fname} [, {offset} [, {size}]])			*readblob()*
 			readblob('/dev/ttyS0', 0, 10)
 <		When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
 		the result is an empty |Blob|.
-		When trying to read bytes beyond the end of the file the
-		result is an empty blob.
+		When the offset is beyond the end of the file the result is an
+		empty blob.
+		When trying to read more bytes than are available the result
+		is truncated.
 		Also see |readfile()| and |writefile()|.
 
 
@@ -7873,9 +7914,10 @@ setbufline({buf}, {lnum}, {text})			*setbufline()*
 		To insert lines use |appendbufline()|.
 		Any text properties in {lnum} are cleared.
 
-		{text} can be a string to set one line, or a list of strings
-		to set multiple lines.  If the list extends below the last
-		line then those lines are added.
+		{text} can be a string to set one line, or a List of strings
+		to set multiple lines.  If the List extends below the last
+		line then those lines are added.  If the List is empty then
+		nothing is changed and zero is returned.
 
 		For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
 
@@ -7914,29 +7956,38 @@ setbufvar({buf}, {varname}, {val})			*setbufvar()*
 
 setcellwidths({list})					*setcellwidths()*
 		Specify overrides for cell widths of character ranges.  This
-		tells Vim how wide characters are, counted in screen cells.
-		This overrides 'ambiwidth'.  Example: >
-		   setcellwidths([[0xad, 0xad, 1],
-				\ [0x2194, 0x2199, 2]])
+		tells Vim how wide characters are when displayed in the
+		terminal, counted in screen cells.  The values override
+		'ambiwidth'.  Example: >
+		   call setcellwidths([
+				\ [0x111, 0x111, 1],
+				\ [0x2194, 0x2199, 2],
+				\ ])
 
-<				*E1109* *E1110* *E1111* *E1112* *E1113* *E1114*
-		The {list} argument is a list of lists with each three
-		numbers. These three numbers are [low, high, width].  "low"
-		and "high" can be the same, in which case this refers to one
-		character. Otherwise it is the range of characters from "low"
-		to "high" (inclusive).  "width" is either 1 or 2, indicating
-		the character width in screen cells.
+<		The {list} argument is a List of Lists with each three
+		numbers: [{low}, {high}, {width}].	*E1109* *E1110*
+		{low} and {high} can be the same, in which case this refers to
+		one character.  Otherwise it is the range of characters from
+		{low} to {high} (inclusive).		*E1111* *E1114*
+		Only characters with value 0x80 and higher can be used.
+
+		{width} must be either 1 or 2, indicating the character width
+		in screen cells.			*E1112*
 		An error is given if the argument is invalid, also when a
-		range overlaps with another.
-		Only characters with value 0x100 and higher can be used.
+		range overlaps with another.		*E1113*
 
 		If the new value causes 'fillchars' or 'listchars' to become
 		invalid it is rejected and an error is given.
 
-		To clear the overrides pass an empty list: >
+		To clear the overrides pass an empty {list}: >
 		   setcellwidths([]);
+
 <		You can use the script $VIMRUNTIME/tools/emoji_list.vim to see
-		the effect for known emoji characters.
+		the effect for known emoji characters.  Move the cursor
+		through the text to check if the cell widths of your terminal
+		match with what Vim knows about each emoji.  If it doesn't
+		look right you need to adjust the {list} argument.
+
 
 setcharpos({expr}, {list})				*setcharpos()*
 		Same as |setpos()| but uses the specified column number as the
@@ -8060,7 +8111,8 @@ setline({lnum}, {text})					*setline()*
 		When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
 		added below the last line.
 		{text} can be any type or a List of any type, each item is
-		converted to a String.
+		converted to a String.  When {text} is an empty List then
+		nothing is changed and FALSE is returned.
 
 		If this succeeds, FALSE is returned.  If this fails (most likely
 		because {lnum} is invalid) TRUE is returned.
@@ -8589,8 +8641,9 @@ sort({list} [, {how} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
 
 		When {how} is given and it is 'n' then all items will be
 		sorted numerical (Implementation detail: this uses the
-		strtod() function to parse numbers, Strings, Lists, Dicts and
-		Funcrefs will be considered as being 0).
+		strtod() function to parse numbers.  Strings, Lists, Dicts and
+		Funcrefs will be considered as being 0).  Note that this won't
+		sort a list of strings with numbers!
 
 		When {how} is given and it is 'N' then all items will be
 		sorted numerical. This is like 'n' but a string containing
@@ -9072,6 +9125,8 @@ string({expr})	Return {expr} converted to a String.  If {expr} is a Number,
 			Blob		0z00112233.44556677.8899
 			List		[item, item]
 			Dictionary	{key: value, key: value}
+			Class		class SomeName
+			Object		object of SomeName {lnum: 1, col: 3}
 
 		When a |List| or |Dictionary| has a recursive reference it is
 		replaced by "[...]" or "{...}".  Using eval() on the result
@@ -9276,6 +9331,17 @@ substitute({string}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})		*substitute()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetString()->substitute(pat, sub, flags)
 
+swapfilelist()						*swapfilelist()*
+		Returns a list of swap file names, like what "vim -r" shows.
+		See the |-r| command argument.  The 'directory' option is used
+		for the directories to inspect.  If you only want to get a
+		list of swap files in the current directory then temporarily
+		set 'directory' to a dot: >
+			let save_dir = &directory
+			let &directory = '.'
+			let swapfiles = swapfilelist()
+			let &directory = save_dir
+
 swapinfo({fname})					*swapinfo()*
 		The result is a dictionary, which holds information about the
 		swapfile {fname}. The available fields are:
@@ -9668,6 +9734,7 @@ terminalprops()						*terminalprops()*
 		   cursor_blink_mode	whether sending |t_RC| works  **
 		   underline_rgb	whether |t_8u| works **
 		   mouse		mouse type supported
+		   kitty		whether Kitty terminal was detected
 
 		** value 'u' for unknown, 'y' for yes, 'n' for no
 
@@ -9744,6 +9811,8 @@ timer_start({time}, {callback} [, {options}])
 		{time} is the waiting time in milliseconds. This is the
 		minimum time before invoking the callback.  When the system is
 		busy or Vim is not waiting for input the time will be longer.
+		Zero can be used to execute the callback when Vim is back in
+		the main loop.
 
 		{callback} is the function to call.  It can be the name of a
 		function or a |Funcref|.  It is called with one argument, which
@@ -9892,6 +9961,8 @@ type({expr})	The result is a Number representing the type of {expr}.
 			Job:	    8  |v:t_job|
 			Channel:    9  |v:t_channel|
 			Blob:	   10  |v:t_blob|
+			Class	   12  |v:t_class|
+			Object	   13  |v:t_object|
 		For backward compatibility, this method can be used: >
 			:if type(myvar) == type(0)
 			:if type(myvar) == type("")
@@ -9912,7 +9983,7 @@ typename({expr})					*typename()*
 		Return a string representation of the type of {expr}.
 		Example: >
 			echo typename([1, 2, 3])
-			list<number>
+<			list<number> ~
 
 
 undofile({name})					*undofile()*
@@ -10197,6 +10268,7 @@ win_move_separator({nr}, {offset})			*win_move_separator()*
 		FALSE otherwise.
 		This will fail for the rightmost window and a full-width
 		window, since it has no separator on the right.
+		Only works for the current tab page. *E1308*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinnr()->win_move_separator(offset)
@@ -10211,6 +10283,7 @@ win_move_statusline({nr}, {offset})			*win_move_statusline()*
 		movement may be smaller than specified (e.g., as a consequence
 		of maintaining 'winminheight'). Returns TRUE if the window can
 		be found and FALSE otherwise.
+		Only works for the current tab page.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinnr()->win_move_statusline(offset)
@@ -10483,7 +10556,7 @@ writefile({object}, {fname} [, {flags}])
 <
 		'D'  Delete the file when the current function ends.  This
 		     works like: >
-		     	:defer delete({fname})
+			:defer delete({fname})
 <		     Fails when not in a function.  Also see |:defer|.
 
 		's'  fsync() is called after writing the file.  This flushes

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 13
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -296,7 +296,9 @@ gr{char}		Replace the virtual characters under the cursor with
 			{char}.  This replaces in screen space, not file
 			space.  See |gR| and |Virtual-Replace-mode| for more
 			details.  As with |r| a count may be given.
-			{char} can be entered like with |r|.
+			{char} can be entered like with |r|, but characters
+			that have a special meaning in Insert mode, such as
+			most CTRL-keys, cannot be used.
 
 						*digraph-arg*
 The argument for Normal mode commands like |r| and |t| is a single character.
@@ -1033,7 +1035,7 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 <			to display registers '1' and 'a'.  Spaces are allowed
 			in {arg}.
 
-							*:di* *:display*
+							*:di* *:dis* *:display*
 :di[splay] [arg]	Same as :registers.
 
 							*y* *yank*

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 23
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ a close callback to the channel.
 
 To read all normal output from a RAW channel that is available: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel)
-To read all error output from a RAW channel that is available:: >
+To read all error output from a RAW channel that is available: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel, {"part": "err"})
 Note that if the channel is in NL mode, ch_readraw() will only return one line
 for each call.
@@ -618,6 +618,9 @@ ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])					*ch_log()*
 		Write String {msg} in the channel log file, if it was opened
 		with |ch_logfile()|.
+		The text "ch_log():" is prepended to the message to make clear
+		it came from this function call and make it easier to find in
+		the log file.
 		When {handle} is passed the channel number is used for the
 		message.
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.  The

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 26
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -617,6 +617,7 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :read !
     :scscope
     :sign
+    :tabdo
     :tcl
     :tcldo
     :tclfile
@@ -736,7 +737,9 @@ Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
 	'T		position of mark T (uppercase); when the mark is in
 			another file it cannot be used in a range
 	/{pattern}[/]	the next line where {pattern} matches	  *:/*
+				also see |:range-pattern| below
 	?{pattern}[?]	the previous line where {pattern} matches *:?*
+				also see |:range-pattern| below
 	\/		the next line where the previously used search
 			pattern matches
 	\?		the previous line where the previously used search
@@ -744,11 +747,49 @@ Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
 	\&		the next line where the previously used substitute
 			pattern matches
 
+						*:range-offset*
 Each may be followed (several times) by '+' or '-' and an optional number.
 This number is added or subtracted from the preceding line number.  If the
 number is omitted, 1 is used.  If there is nothing before the '+' or '-' then
 the current line is used.
+						*:range-closed-fold*
+When a line number after the comma is in a closed fold it is adjusted to the
+last line of the fold, thus the whole fold is included.
 
+When a number is added this is done after the adjustment to the last line of
+the fold.  This means these lines are additionally included in the range.  For
+example: >
+   :3,4+2print
+On this text:
+	1 one ~
+	2 two ~
+	3 three ~
+	4 four FOLDED ~
+	5 five FOLDED ~
+	6 six ~
+	7 seven ~
+	8 eight ~
+Where lines four and five are a closed fold, ends up printing lines 3 to 7.
+The 7 comes from the "4" in the range, which is adjusted to the end of the
+closed fold, which is 5, and then the offset 2 is added.
+
+An example for subtracting (which isn't very useful): >
+   :2,4-1print
+On this text:
+	1 one ~
+	2 two ~
+	3 three FOLDED~
+	4 four FOLDED ~
+	5 five FOLDED ~
+	6 six FOLDED ~
+	7 seven ~
+	8 eight ~
+Where lines three to six are a closed fold, ends up printing lines 2 to 6.
+The 6 comes from the "4" in the range, which is adjusted to the end of the
+closed fold, which is 6, and then 1 is subtracted, then this is still in the
+closed fold and the last line of that fold is used, which is 6.
+
+							*:range-pattern*
 The "/" and "?" after {pattern} are required to separate the pattern from
 anything that follows.
 
@@ -804,7 +845,7 @@ always be swapped then.
 
 Count and Range						*N:*
 
-When giving a count before entering ":", this is translated into:
+When giving a count before entering ":", this is translated into: >
 		:.,.+(count - 1)
 In words: The "count" lines at and after the cursor.  Example: To delete
 three lines: >

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 01
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 		buffers.
 
 The `:diffoff` command resets the relevant options to the values they had when
-using `:diffsplit`, `:diffpatch` , `:diffthis`. or starting Vim in diff mode.
+using `:diffsplit`, `:diffpatch`, `:diffthis`. or starting Vim in diff mode.
 When using `:diffoff` twice the last saved values are restored.
 Otherwise they are set to their default value:
 
@@ -148,6 +148,10 @@ Otherwise they are set to their default value:
 	'foldmethod'	"manual"
 	'foldcolumn'	0
 
+'foldenable' will most-likely be reset to off.  That is when 'foldmethod' is
+is restored to "manual".  The folds themselves are not cleared but they should
+not show up, resetting 'foldenable' is the best way to do that.
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Viewing diffs						*view-diffs*
 
@@ -177,7 +181,7 @@ possible to view the changes you have made to a buffer since the file was
 loaded.  Since Vim doesn't allow having two buffers for the same file, you
 need another buffer.  This command is useful: >
 	 command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_
-	 	\ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis
+		\ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis
 (this is in |defaults.vim|).  Use ":DiffOrig" to see the differences between
 the current buffer and the file it was loaded from.
 

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Jul 19
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ These are the RFC1345 digraphs for the one-byte characters.  See the output of
 ":digraphs" for the others.
 
 EURO
-
+							*euro* *euro-digraph*
 Exception: RFC1345 doesn't specify the euro sign.  In Vim the digraph =e was
 added for this.  Note the difference between latin1, where the digraph Cu is
 used for the currency sign, and latin9 (iso-8859-15), where the digraph =e is

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 16
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -578,6 +578,43 @@ single <NL> characters are unexpectedly replaced with <CR><NL>.
 You can encrypt files that are written by setting the 'key' option.  This
 provides some security against others reading your files. |encryption|
 
+END OF LINE AND END OF FILE				*eol-and-eof*
+
+Vim has several options to control the file format:
+	'fileformat'	the <EOL> style: Unix, DOS, Mac
+	'endofline'	whether the last line ends with a <EOL>
+	'endoffile'	whether the file ends with a CTRL-Z
+	'fixendofline'	whether to fix eol and eof
+
+The first three values are normally detected automatically when reading the
+file and are used when writing the text to a file.  While editing the buffer
+it looks like every line has a line ending and the CTRL-Z isn't there (an
+exception is when 'binary' is set, it works differently then).
+
+The 'fixendofline' option can be used to choose what to write.  You can also
+change the option values to write the file differently than how it was read.
+
+Here are some examples how to use them.
+
+If you want files in Unix format (every line NL terminated): >
+	setl ff=unix fixeol
+You should probably do this on any Unix-like system.  Also modern MS-Windows
+systems tend to work well with this.  It is recommended to always use this
+format for Vim scripts.
+
+If you want to use an old MS-DOS file in a modern environment, fixing line
+endings and dropping CTRL-Z, but keeping the <CR><NL> style <EOL>: >
+	setl ff=dos fixeol
+This is useful for many MS-Windows programs, they regularly expect the
+<CR><NL> line endings.
+
+If you want to drop the final <EOL> and add a final CTRL-Z (e.g. for an old
+system like CP/M): >
+	setl ff=dos nofixeol noeol eof
+
+If you want to preserve the fileformat exactly as-is, including any final
+<EOL> and final CTRL-Z: >
+	setl nofixeol
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. The argument list				*argument-list* *arglist*

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 07
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -163,9 +163,10 @@ Note that " " and "0" are also non-empty strings, thus considered to be TRUE.
 A List, Dictionary or Float is not a Number or String, thus evaluate to FALSE.
 
 		*E611* *E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731* *E908* *E910*
-		*E913* *E974* *E975* *E976*
-|List|, |Dictionary|, |Funcref|, |Job|, |Channel| and |Blob| types are not
-automatically converted.
+		*E913* *E974* *E975* *E976* *E1319* *E1320* *E1321* *E1322*
+		*E1323* *E1324*
+|List|, |Dictionary|, |Funcref|, |Job|, |Channel|, |Blob|, |Class| and
+|object| types are not automatically converted.
 
 							*E805* *E806* *E808*
 When mixing Number and Float the Number is converted to Float.  Otherwise
@@ -633,6 +634,10 @@ This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
 This can also be used to remove all entries: >
 	call filter(dict, 0)
 
+In some situations it is not allowed to remove or add entries to a Dictionary.
+Especially when iterating over all the entries.  You will get *E1313* or
+another error in that case.
+
 
 Dictionary function ~
 				*Dictionary-function* *self* *E725* *E862*
@@ -646,7 +651,8 @@ special way with a dictionary.  Example: >
 
 This is like a method in object oriented programming.  The entry in the
 Dictionary is a |Funcref|.  The local variable "self" refers to the dictionary
-the function was invoked from.
+the function was invoked from.  When using |Vim9| script you can use classes
+and objects, see `:class`.
 
 It is also possible to add a function without the "dict" attribute as a
 Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
@@ -1366,7 +1372,7 @@ Note that the dot is also used for String concatenation.  To avoid confusion
 always put spaces around the dot for String concatenation.
 
 
-expr10(expr1, ...)	|Funcref| function call  	*E1085*
+expr10(expr1, ...)	|Funcref| function call		*E1085*
 
 When expr10 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
 
@@ -1548,7 +1554,7 @@ to be doubled.  These two commands are equivalent: >
 	if a =~ '\s*'
 
 
-interpolated-string				*$quote* *interp-string*
+interpolated-string				*$quote* *interpolated-string*
 --------------------
 $"string"		interpolated string constant		*expr-$quote*
 $'string'		interpolated literal string constant	*expr-$'*
@@ -1648,7 +1654,7 @@ See below |functions|.
 
 lambda expression				*expr-lambda* *lambda*
 -----------------
-{args -> expr1}		legacy lambda expression 		*E451*
+{args -> expr1}		legacy lambda expression		*E451*
 (args) => expr1		|Vim9| lambda expression
 
 A lambda expression creates a new unnamed function which returns the result of
@@ -1965,7 +1971,7 @@ v:collate	The current locale setting for collation order of the runtime
 		command.
 		See |multi-lang|.
 
-                                                                *v:colornames*
+								*v:colornames*
 v:colornames    A dictionary that maps color names to hex color strings. These
 		color names can be used with the |highlight-guifg|,
 		|highlight-guibg|, and |highlight-guisp| parameters. Updating
@@ -2498,6 +2504,10 @@ v:t_number	Value of |Number| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 v:t_string	Value of |String| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_blob* *t_blob-variable*
 v:t_blob	Value of |Blob| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+					*v:t_class* *t_class-variable*
+v:t_class	Value of |class| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+					*v:t_object* *t_object-variable*
+v:t_object	Value of |object| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 
 				*v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
 v:termresponse	The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
@@ -2859,7 +2869,7 @@ text...
 			does not need to be doubled.
 			If "eval" is specified, then any Vim expression in the
 			form {expr} is evaluated and the result replaces the
-			expression, like with |interp-string|.
+			expression, like with |interpolated-string|.
 			Example where $HOME is expanded: >
 				let lines =<< trim eval END
 				  some text
@@ -2964,6 +2974,8 @@ text...
 			deleted when the script ends).  Function-local
 			variables are automatically deleted when the function
 			ends.
+			In |Vim9| script variables declared in a function or
+			script cannot be removed.
 
 :unl[et] ${env-name} ...			*:unlet-environment* *:unlet-$*
 			Remove environment variable {env-name}.
@@ -3073,6 +3085,10 @@ text...
 			Unlock the internal variable {name}.  Does the
 			opposite of |:lockvar|.
 
+			If {name} does not exist:
+			- In |Vim9| script an error is given.
+			- In legacy script this is silently ignored.
+
 :if {expr1}			*:if* *:end* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
 :en[dif]		Execute the commands until the next matching `:else`
 			or `:endif` if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
@@ -3598,7 +3614,7 @@ this pending exception or command is discarded.
 For examples see |throw-catch| and |try-finally|.
 
 
-NESTING	OF TRY CONDITIONALS				*try-nesting*
+NESTING OF TRY CONDITIONALS				*try-nesting*
 
 Try conditionals can be nested arbitrarily.  That is, a complete try
 conditional can be put into the try block, a catch clause, or the finally
@@ -4565,10 +4581,10 @@ The input is in the variable "line", the results in the variables "file",
 
 getting the scriptnames in a Dictionary ~
 						*scriptnames-dictionary*
-The |:scriptnames| command can be used to get a list of all script files that
-have been sourced.  There is no equivalent function or variable for this
-(because it's rarely needed).  In case you need to manipulate the list this
-code can be used: >
+The `:scriptnames` command can be used to get a list of all script files that
+have been sourced.  There is also the `getscriptinfo()` function, but the
+information returned is not exactly the same.  In case you need to manipulate
+the output of `scriptnames` this code can be used: >
     " Get the output of ":scriptnames" in the scriptnames_output variable.
     let scriptnames_output = ''
     redir => scriptnames_output

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 09
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ used.
 For example, to set the dialect to a default of "fblite" but still allow for
 any #lang directive overrides, use the following command: >
 
-     let g:freebasic_lang = "fblite"
+	let g:freebasic_lang = "fblite"
 
 
 GIT COMMIT                                              *ft-gitcommit-plugin*
@@ -679,7 +679,10 @@ MARKDOWN                                                *ft-markdown-plugin*
 
 To enable folding use this: >
 	let g:markdown_folding = 1
-<
+
+'expandtab' will be set by default.  If you do not want that use this: >
+	let g:markdown_recommended_style = 0
+
 
 PDF							*ft-pdf-plugin*
 

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 01
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ non-matching marker pairs.  Example: >
 
 	/* funcB() {{{2 */
 	void funcB() {}
-
+<							*{{{* *}}}*
 A fold starts at a "{{{" marker.  The following number specifies the fold
 level.  What happens depends on the difference between the current fold level
 and the level given by the marker:
@@ -598,6 +598,11 @@ line is folded, it cannot be displayed there.
 Many movement commands handle a sequence of folded lines like an empty line.
 For example, the "w" command stops once in the first column.
 
+When starting a search in a closed fold it will not find a match in the
+current fold.  It's like a forward search always starts from the end of the
+closed fold, while a backwards search starts from the start of the closed
+fold.
+
 When in Insert mode, the cursor line is never folded.  That allows you to see
 what you type!
 

runtime/doc/ft_context.txt

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ typesetting command. That must be a function that takes a path and returns the
 command as a List. For example:
 >
 	def ConTeXtCustomCommand(path: string): list<string>
-	  return ['mtxrun', '--script', 'context', '--nonstopmode, path]
+	  return ['mtxrun', '--script', 'context', '--nonstopmode', path]
 	enddef
 
 	context.ConTeXtTypeset("%", v:none, ConTeXtCustomCommand)
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ The last command will create the following syntax files:
 - `context-data-context.vim`;
 - `context-data-interfaces.vim`;
 - `context-data-metafun.vim`;
-- `context-data-tex.vim`. 
+- `context-data-tex.vim`.
 
 The same command can be used to update those syntax files.
 

runtime/doc/ft_mp.txt

@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ METAFONT buffers, and it is set to 0 by default in MetaPost buffers.
 Define additional keywords that end indented blocks. For instance, if you
 define:
 >
-	g:mp_end_tag = ['\<endfoo\>']
+	g:mp_close_tag = ['\<endfoo\>']
 <
 any line starting with `endfoo` will be de-indented compared to its previous
 line.

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -1,70 +1,70 @@
-*ft_rust.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 02
+*ft_rust.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
 
 This is documentation for the Rust filetype plugin.
 
 ==============================================================================
-CONTENTS                                                      *rust*
+CONTENTS						      *rust*
 
-1. Introduction                                                   |rust-intro|
-2. Settings                                                    |rust-settings|
-3. Commands                                                    |rust-commands|
-4. Mappings                                                    |rust-mappings|
+1. Introduction							  |rust-intro|
+2. Settings						       |rust-settings|
+3. Commands						       |rust-commands|
+4. Mappings						       |rust-mappings|
 
 ==============================================================================
-INTRODUCTION                                                      *rust-intro*
+INTRODUCTION							  *rust-intro*
 
 This plugin provides syntax and supporting functionality for the Rust
 filetype.
 
 ==============================================================================
-SETTINGS                                                       *rust-settings*
+SETTINGS						       *rust-settings*
 
 This plugin has a few variables you can define in your vimrc that change the
 behavior of the plugin.
 
-                                                                *g:rustc_path*
+								*g:rustc_path*
 g:rustc_path~
 	Set this option to the path to rustc for use in the |:RustRun| and
 	|:RustExpand| commands. If unset, "rustc" will be located in $PATH: >
 	    let g:rustc_path = $HOME .. "/bin/rustc"
 <
 
-                                                  *g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
+						  *g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
 g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent~
 	Set this option to 1 to have 'makeprg' default to "rustc" instead of
 	"rustc %": >
 	    let g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent = 1
 <
 
-                                                              *g:rust_conceal*
+							      *g:rust_conceal*
 g:rust_conceal~
 	Set this option to turn on the basic |conceal| support: >
 	    let g:rust_conceal = 1
 <
 
-                                                     *g:rust_conceal_mod_path*
+						     *g:rust_conceal_mod_path*
 g:rust_conceal_mod_path~
 	Set this option to turn on |conceal| for the path connecting token
 	"::": >
 	    let g:rust_conceal_mod_path = 1
 <
 
-                                                          *g:rust_conceal_pub*
+							  *g:rust_conceal_pub*
 g:rust_conceal_pub~
 	Set this option to turn on |conceal| for the "pub" token: >
 	    let g:rust_conceal_pub = 1
 <
 
-                                                     *g:rust_recommended_style*
+						     *g:rust_recommended_style*
 g:rust_recommended_style~
-        Set this option to enable vim indentation and textwidth settings to
-        conform to style conventions of the rust standard library (i.e. use 4
-        spaces for indents and sets 'textwidth' to 99). This option is enabled
+	Set this option to enable vim indentation and textwidth settings to
+	conform to style conventions of the rust standard library (i.e. use 4
+	spaces for indents and sets 'textwidth' to 99). This option is enabled
 	by default. To disable it: >
 	    let g:rust_recommended_style = 0
 <
 
-                                                                 *g:rust_fold*
+								 *g:rust_fold*
 g:rust_fold~
 	Set this option to turn on |folding|: >
 	    let g:rust_fold = 1
@@ -76,39 +76,39 @@ g:rust_fold~
 	2		Braced blocks are folded. 'foldlevel' is left at the
 			global value (all folds are closed by default).
 
-                                                  *g:rust_bang_comment_leader*
+						  *g:rust_bang_comment_leader*
 g:rust_bang_comment_leader~
 	Set this option to 1 to preserve the leader on multi-line doc comments
 	using the /*! syntax: >
 	    let g:rust_bang_comment_leader = 1
 <
 
-                                                 *g:ftplugin_rust_source_path*
+						 *g:ftplugin_rust_source_path*
 g:ftplugin_rust_source_path~
 	Set this option to a path that should be prepended to 'path' for Rust
 	source files: >
 	    let g:ftplugin_rust_source_path = $HOME .. '/dev/rust'
 <
 
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_command*
+						       *g:rustfmt_command*
 g:rustfmt_command~
 	Set this option to the name of the 'rustfmt' executable in your $PATH. If
 	not specified it defaults to 'rustfmt' : >
 	    let g:rustfmt_command = 'rustfmt'
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_autosave*
+						       *g:rustfmt_autosave*
 g:rustfmt_autosave~
 	Set this option to 1 to run |:RustFmt| automatically when saving a
 	buffer. If not specified it defaults to 0 : >
 	    let g:rustfmt_autosave = 0
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_fail_silently*
+						       *g:rustfmt_fail_silently*
 g:rustfmt_fail_silently~
 	Set this option to 1 to prevent 'rustfmt' from populating the
 	|location-list| with errors. If not specified it defaults to 0: >
 	    let g:rustfmt_fail_silently = 0
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_options*
+						       *g:rustfmt_options*
 g:rustfmt_options~
 	Set this option to a string of options to pass to 'rustfmt'. The
 	write-mode is already set to 'overwrite'. If not specified it
@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ g:rustfmt_options~
 	    let g:rustfmt_options = ''
 <
 
-                                                          *g:rust_playpen_url*
+							  *g:rust_playpen_url*
 g:rust_playpen_url~
 	Set this option to override the URL for the playpen to use: >
 	    let g:rust_playpen_url = 'https://play.rust-lang.org/'
 <
 
-                                                        *g:rust_shortener_url*
+							*g:rust_shortener_url*
 g:rust_shortener_url~
 	Set this option to override the URL for the URL shortener: >
 	    let g:rust_shortener_url = 'https://is.gd/'
@@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ g:rust_shortener_url~
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
+COMMANDS						       *rust-commands*
 
-:RustRun  [args]                                                    *:RustRun*
+:RustRun  [args]						    *:RustRun*
 :RustRun! [rustc-args] [--] [args]
 		Compiles and runs the current file. If it has unsaved changes,
 		it will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustExpand  [args]                                              *:RustExpand*
+:RustExpand  [args]						 *:RustExpand*
 :RustExpand! [TYPE] [args]
 		Expands the current file using --pretty and displays the
 		results in a new split. If the current file has unsaved
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustEmitIr [args]                                               *:RustEmitIr*
+:RustEmitIr [args]						 *:RustEmitIr*
 		Compiles the current file to LLVM IR and displays the results
 		in a new split. If the current file has unsaved changes, it
 		will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is an
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustEmitAsm [args]                                             *:RustEmitAsm*
+:RustEmitAsm [args]						*:RustEmitAsm*
 		Compiles the current file to assembly and displays the results
 		in a new split. If the current file has unsaved changes, it
 		will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is an
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustPlay                                                          *:RustPlay*
+:RustPlay							   *:RustPlay*
 		This command will only work if you have web-api.vim installed
 		(available at https://github.com/mattn/webapi-vim).  It sends the
 		current selection, or if nothing is selected, the entirety of the
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		|g:rust_shortener_url| is the base URL for the shortener, by
 		default "https://is.gd/"
 
-:RustFmt                                                       *:RustFmt*
+:RustFmt						       *:RustFmt*
 		Runs |g:rustfmt_command| on the current buffer. If
 		|g:rustfmt_options| is set then those will be passed to the
 		executable.
@@ -214,12 +214,12 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		|g:rustfmt_command|. If |g:rustfmt_fail_silently| is set to 1
 		then it will not populate the |location-list|.
 
-:RustFmtRange                                                  *:RustFmtRange*
+:RustFmtRange						       *:RustFmtRange*
 		Runs |g:rustfmt_command| with selected range. See
 		|:RustFmt| for any other information.
 
 ==============================================================================
-MAPPINGS                                                       *rust-mappings*
+MAPPINGS						       *rust-mappings*
 
 This plugin defines mappings for |[[| and |]]| to support hanging indents.
 

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -95,11 +95,11 @@ terminal version.
 
 Recommended place for your personal GUI initializations:
 	Unix		    $HOME/.gvimrc or $HOME/.vim/gvimrc
-	Win32    	    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
+	Win32		    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
 			    or $VIM/_gvimrc
 	Amiga		    s:.gvimrc, home:.gvimrc, home:vimfiles:gvimrc
 			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
-	Haiku	            $HOME/config/settings/vim/gvimrc
+	Haiku		    $HOME/config/settings/vim/gvimrc
 
 The personal initialization files are searched in the order specified above
 and only the first one that is found is read.
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ Example for debugger tools: >
 	nnoremenu 1.20 WinBar.Next :Next<CR>
 	nnoremenu 1.30 WinBar.Finish :Finish<CR>
 	nnoremenu 1.40 WinBar.Cont :Continue<CR>
-<
+<					*hl-ToolbarLine* *hl-ToolbarButton*
 The window toolbar uses the ToolbarLine and ToolbarButton highlight groups.
 
 When splitting the window the window toolbar is not copied to the new window.
@@ -889,6 +889,11 @@ s	The menu was defined with "<silent>" to avoid showing what it is
 Note that hitting <Tab> while entering a menu name after a menu command may
 be used to complete the name of the menu item.
 
+It is not allowed to change menus while listing them.  *E1310*
+This doesn't normally happen, only when, for example, you would have a timer
+callback define a menu and the user lists menus in a way it shows
+|more-prompt|.
+
 
 5.4 Executing Menus					*execute-menus*
 
@@ -1176,7 +1181,7 @@ When 'guifont' is set and a valid font is found in it and 'guifontwide' is
 empty Vim will attempt to find a matching double-width font and set
 'guifontwide' to it.
 
-GTK+ GUI only:  		    	*guifontwide_gtk*
+GTK+ GUI only:				*guifontwide_gtk*
 
 If set and valid, 'guifontwide' is always used for double width characters,
 even if 'encoding' is not set to "utf-8".

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Vim's Win32 Graphical User Interface			*gui-w32* *win32-gui*
 
 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_win32.txt| 	For Win32 specific items.
+|os_win32.txt|	For Win32 specific items.
 
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 13
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 03
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@ Special issues ~
 |terminal.txt|	Terminal window support
 |popup.txt|	popup window support
 |vim9.txt|	using Vim9 script
+|vim9class.txt|	using Vim9 script classes
 
 Programming language support ~
 |indent.txt|	automatic indenting for C and other languages
@@ -161,6 +162,8 @@ Programming language support ~
 |filetype.txt|	settings done specifically for a type of file
 |quickfix.txt|	commands for a quick edit-compile-fix cycle
 |ft_ada.txt|	Ada (the programming language) support
+|ft_context.txt|	Filetype plugin for ConTeXt
+|ft_mp.txt|	Filetype plugin for METAFONT and MetaPost
 |ft_ps1.txt|	Filetype plugin for Windows PowerShell
 |ft_raku.txt|	Filetype plugin for Raku
 |ft_rust.txt|	Filetype plugin for Rust

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Help on help files					*helphelp*
 			find a tag in a file with the same language as the
 			current file.  See |help-translated|.
 
-						 	*:helpc* *:helpclose*
+							*:helpc* *:helpclose*
 :helpc[lose]		Close one help window, if there is one.
 			Vim will try to restore the window layout (including
 			cursor position) to the same layout it was before

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ You can test what Python version is available with: >
 	if has('python')
 	  echo 'there is Python 2.x'
 	endif
-  	if has('python3')
+	if has('python3')
 	  echo 'there is Python 3.x'
 	endif
 
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ python support: >
 	    echo 'Python 2.x dynamically loaded'
 	  endif
 	endif
-  	if has('python3_compiled')
+	if has('python3_compiled')
 	  echo 'compiled with Python 3.x support'
 	  if has('python3_dynamic')
 	    echo 'Python 3.x dynamically loaded'

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 15
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-\_CTRL-N|	CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   go to Normal mode (no-op)
 |CTRL-\_CTRL-G|	CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
 		CTRL-\ a - z	   reserved for extensions
-		CTRL-\ others      not used
+		CTRL-\ others	   not used
 |CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		   :ta to ident under cursor
 |CTRL-^|	CTRL-^		   edit Nth alternate file (equivalent to
 				   ":e #N")
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				2  filter Nmove text through the {filter}
 				   command
 |!!|		!!{filter}	2  filter N lines through the {filter} command
-|quote|		"{register}  	   use {register} for next delete, yank or put
+|quote|		"{register}	   use {register} for next delete, yank or put
 				   ({.%#:} only work with put)
 |#|		#		1  search backward for the Nth occurrence of
 				   the ident under the cursor
@@ -1239,6 +1239,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:checkpath|	:che[ckpath]	list included files
 |:checktime|	:checkt[ime]	check timestamp of loaded buffers
 |:chistory|	:chi[story]	list the error lists
+|:class|	:class		start of a class specification
 |:clast|	:cla[st]	go to the specified error, default last one
 |:clearjumps|	:cle[arjumps]	clear the jump list
 |:clist|	:cl[ist]	list all errors
@@ -1313,6 +1314,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:else|		:el[se]		part of an :if command
 |:elseif|	:elsei[f]	part of an :if command
 |:emenu|	:em[enu]	execute a menu by name
+|:endclass|	:endclass	end of a class specification
 |:enddef|	:enddef		end of a user function started with :def
 |:endif|	:en[dif]	end previous :if
 |:endfor|	:endfo[r]	end previous :for
@@ -1529,6 +1531,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:ptprevious|	:ptp[revious]	|:tprevious| in preview window
 |:ptrewind|	:ptr[ewind]	|:trewind| in preview window
 |:ptselect|	:pts[elect]	|:tselect| and show tag in preview window
+|:public|	:public		prefix for a class or object member
 |:put|		:pu[t]		insert contents of register in the text
 |:pwd|		:pw[d]		print current directory
 |:py3|		:py3		execute Python 3 command
@@ -1639,6 +1642,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:startinsert|	:star[tinsert]	start Insert mode
 |:startgreplace|  :startg[replace] start Virtual Replace mode
 |:startreplace|	:startr[eplace]	start Replace mode
+|:static|	:static		prefix for a class member or function
 |:stopinsert|	:stopi[nsert]	stop Insert mode
 |:stjump|	:stj[ump]	do ":tjump" and split window
 |:stselect|	:sts[elect]	do ":tselect" and split window

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ Groß): >
 
     func Thesaur(findstart, base)
       if a:findstart
-    	return searchpos('\<', 'bnW', line('.'))[1] - 1
+	return searchpos('\<', 'bnW', line('.'))[1] - 1
       endif
       let res = []
       let h = ''
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ Groß): >
       endfor
       return res
     endfunc
-    
+
     if exists('+thesaurusfunc')
       set thesaurusfunc=Thesaur
     endif
@@ -1118,8 +1118,8 @@ cursor column will be replaced with the matches.  If the returned value is
 larger than the cursor column, the cursor column is used.
 
 Negative return values:
-   -2 	To cancel silently and stay in completion mode.
-   -3 	To cancel silently and leave completion mode.
+   -2	To cancel silently and stay in completion mode.
+   -3	To cancel silently and leave completion mode.
    Another negative value: completion starts at the cursor column
 
 On the second invocation the arguments are:
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ items:
 			item with the same word is already present.
 	empty		when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
 			an empty string
-	user_data 	custom data which is associated with the item and
+	user_data	custom data which is associated with the item and
 			available in |v:completed_item|; it can be any type;
 			defaults to an empty string
 

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 12
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 26
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -10,18 +10,20 @@ This subject is introduced in sections |05.4|, |24.7| and |40.1| of the user
 manual.
 
 1. Key mapping			|key-mapping|
-   1.1 MAP COMMANDS			|:map-commands|
-   1.2 Special arguments		|:map-arguments|
-   1.3 Mapping and modes		|:map-modes|
-   1.4 Listing mappings			|map-listing|
-   1.5 Mapping special keys		|:map-special-keys|
-   1.6 Special characters		|:map-special-chars|
-   1.7 What keys to map			|map-which-keys|
-   1.8 Examples				|map-examples|
-   1.9 Using mappings			|map-typing|
-   1.10 Mapping alt-keys		|:map-alt-keys|
-   1.11 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode	|modifyOtherKeys|
-   1.12 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
+   1.1 MAP COMMANDS				|:map-commands|
+   1.2 Special arguments			|:map-arguments|
+   1.3 Mapping and modes			|:map-modes|
+   1.4 Listing mappings				|map-listing|
+   1.5 Mapping special keys			|:map-special-keys|
+   1.6 Special characters			|:map-special-chars|
+   1.7 What keys to map				|map-which-keys|
+   1.8 Examples					|map-examples|
+   1.9 Using mappings				|map-typing|
+   1.10 Mapping alt-keys			|:map-alt-keys|
+   1.11 Mapping meta-keys			|:map-meta-keys|
+   1.12 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode		|modifyOtherKeys|
+   1.13 Mapping with Kitty keyboard protocol	|kitty-keyboard-protocol|
+   1.14 Mapping an operator			|:map-operator|
 2. Abbreviations		|abbreviations|
 3. Local mappings and functions	|script-local|
 4. User-defined commands	|user-commands|
@@ -234,6 +236,9 @@ The search string will not be echoed when using this mapping.  Messages from
 the executed command are still given though.  To shut them up too, add a
 ":silent" in the executed command: >
 	:map <silent> ,h :exe ":silent normal /Header\r"<CR>
+Note that the effect of a command might also be silenced, e.g., when the
+mapping selects another entry for command line completion it won't be
+displayed.
 Prompts will still be given, e.g., for inputdialog().
 Using "<silent>" for an abbreviation is possible, but will cause redrawing of
 the command line to fail.
@@ -581,6 +586,9 @@ is the start of the last selected Visual area in the current buffer |'<|.
 The |:filter| command can be used to select what mappings to list.  The
 pattern is matched against the {lhs} and {rhs} in the raw form.
 
+While mappings are being listed, it is not possible to add or clear mappings,
+e.g. from a timer callback. *E1309*
+
 							*:map-verbose*
 When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a key map will also display where it was
 last defined.  Example: >
@@ -770,8 +778,8 @@ To avoid mapping of the characters you type in insert or Command-line mode,
 type a CTRL-V first.  The mapping in Insert mode is disabled if the 'paste'
 option is on.
 							*map-error*
-Note that when an error is encountered (that causes an error message or beep)
-the rest of the mapping is not executed.  This is Vi-compatible.
+Note that when an error is encountered (that causes an error message or might
+cause a beep) the rest of the mapping is not executed.  This is Vi-compatible.
 
 Note that the second character (argument) of the commands @zZtTfF[]rm'`"v
 and CTRL-X is not mapped.  This was done to be able to use all the named
@@ -787,8 +795,8 @@ otherwise you would not be able to use those commands anymore.  Here are a few
 suggestions:
 - Function keys <F2>, <F3>, etc..  Also the shifted function keys <S-F1>,
   <S-F2>, etc.  Note that <F1> is already used for the help command.
-- Meta-keys (with the ALT key pressed).  Depending on your keyboard accented
-  characters may be used as well. |:map-alt-keys|
+- Any key with the Alt or Meta key pressed.  Depending on your keyboard
+  accented characters may be used as well. |:map-alt-keys|
 - Use the '_' or ',' character and then any other character.  The "_" and ","
   commands do exist in Vim (see |_| and |,|), but you probably never use them.
 - Use a key that is a synonym for another command.  For example: CTRL-P and
@@ -837,7 +845,7 @@ option).  After that it assumes that the 'q' is to be interpreted as such.  If
 you type slowly, or your system is slow, reset the 'timeout' option.  Then you
 might want to set the 'ttimeout' option.
 
-			      				*map-precedence*
+							*map-precedence*
 Buffer-local mappings (defined using |:map-<buffer>|) take precedence over
 global mappings.  When a buffer-local mapping is the same as a global mapping,
 Vim will use the buffer-local mapping.  In addition, Vim will use a complete
@@ -915,12 +923,19 @@ in the original Vi, you would get back the text before the first undo).
 
 1.10 MAPPING ALT-KEYS					*:map-alt-keys*
 
+For a readable mapping command the <A-k> form can be used.  Note that <A-k>
+and <A-K> are different, the latter will use an upper case letter.  Actually,
+<A-K> and <A-S-K> are the same.  Instead of "A" you can use "M".  If you have
+an actual Meta modifier key, please see |:map-meta-keys|.
+
 In the GUI Vim handles the Alt key itself, thus mapping keys with ALT should
 always work.  But in a terminal Vim gets a sequence of bytes and has to figure
 out whether ALT was pressed or not.
 
 If the terminal supports the modifyOtherKeys mode and it has been enabled,
 then Vim can recognize more key combinations, see |modifyOtherKeys| below.
+The Kitty keyboard protocol works in a similar way, see
+|kitty-keyboard-protocol|.
 
 By default Vim assumes that pressing the ALT key sets the 8th bit of a typed
 character.  Most decent terminals can work that way, such as xterm, aterm and
@@ -959,18 +974,37 @@ on the terminal; that's a good last resource in case you want to send ESC when
 using other applications but not when inside Vim.
 
 
-1.11 MAPPING IN modifyOtherKeys mode			*modifyOtherKeys*
+1.11 MAPPING META-KEYS					*:map-meta-keys*
+
+Mapping keys with the Meta modifier works very similar to using the Alt key.
+What key on your keyboard produces the Meta modifier depends on your keyboard
+and configuration.
+
+Note that mapping <M-a> actually is for using the Alt key.  That can be
+confusing!  It cannot be changed, it would not be backwards compatible.
+
+For the Meta modifier the "T" character is used.  For example, to map Meta-b
+in Insert mode: >
+	:imap <T-b> terrible
+
+
+1.12 MAPPING IN modifyOtherKeys mode			*modifyOtherKeys*
 
 Xterm and a few other terminals can be put in a mode where keys with modifiers
 are sent with a special escape code.  Vim recognizes these codes and can then
 make a difference between CTRL-H and Backspace, even when Backspace sends the
-character 8.  And many more special keys.
+character 8.  And many more special keys, such as Tab and CTRL-I, which cannot
+be mapped separately otherwise.
 
 For xterm modifyOtherKeys is enabled in the builtin termcap entry.  If this is
 not used you can enable modifyOtherKeys with these lines in your vimrc: >
       let &t_TI = "\<Esc>[>4;2m"
       let &t_TE = "\<Esc>[>4;m"
 
+This sets modifyOtherKeys to level 2.  Note that modifyOtherKeys level 1 does
+not work.  Some terminals do not support level 2 and then send key codes that
+Vim will not be able to correctly recognize.
+
 In case the modifyOtherKeys mode causes problems you can disable it: >
       let &t_TI = ""
       let &t_TE = ""
@@ -989,21 +1023,61 @@ mapping, see |map-bar|.
 WARNING: if you map <C-[> you may very well break any key codes that start
 with Esc.  Make sure it comes AFTER other mappings.
 
-Vim automatically detects if the modifyOtherKeys mode was enabled when it
-spots an escape sequence that must have been created by it.  To see if Vim
-detected such an escape sequence use `:verbose map`, the first line will then
-show "Seen modifyOtherKeys: true" (possibly translated).
+Starting with xterm version 377 Vim can detect the modifyOtherKeys state by
+requesting it.  For this the 't_RK' termcap entry is used.  When the response
+is found then Vim will know whether modifyOtherKeys level 2 is enabled, and
+handle mappings accordingly.
+
+Before version 377 Vim automatically detects if the modifyOtherKeys mode was
+enabled when it spots an escape sequence that must have been created by it.
+To see if Vim detected such an escape sequence use `:verbose map`, the first
+line will then show "Seen modifyOtherKeys: true" (possibly translated).
+
+This automatic detection depends on receiving an escape code starting with
+"<1b>[27;".  This is the normal way xterm sends these key codes.  However, if
+the *formatOtherKeys* resource is set another form is used that is not
+recognized, therefore you must not set formatOtherKeys.
 
 A known side effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is inserted
 after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether modifyOtherKeys is
 enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-SHIFT-V CTRL-V, if you get one byte then
-modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is on.
+modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>[27;5;118~ then it is on.
+
+Note that xterm up to version 376 has a bug that makes Shift-Esc send a
+regular Esc code, the Shift modifier is dropped.
 
 When the 'esckeys' option is off, then modifyOtherKeys will be disabled in
 Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
 
 
-1.12 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
+1.13 MAPPING WITH KITTY KEYBOARD PROTOCOL	 *kitty-keyboard-protocol*
+
+If the value of 'term' contains "kitty" then Vim will send out an escape
+sequence to enable the Kitty keyboard protocol.  This can be changed with the
+'keyprotocol' option.
+
+Like modifyOtherKeys, this will make it possible to distinguish between more
+keys with modifiers.  Also, this protocol sends an escape sequence for the Esc
+key, so that Vim does not need to use a timeout to know whether receiving an
+Esc character means the Esc key was pressed or it's the start of an escape
+sequence.
+
+Vim automatically detects if the Kitty keyboard protocol was enabled when it
+spots the response to the status request (this should be part of the |t_TI|
+termcap entry).  To see if Vim detected such an escape sequence use: >
+	:verbose map
+The first line will then show "Kitty keyboard protocol: {value}" (possibly
+translated).  The meaning of {value}:
+	Unknown		no status received yet
+	Off		protocol is not used
+	On		protocol is used
+	Disabled	protocol was used but expected to have been disabled
+			by 't_TE'
+	Cleared		protocol expected to have been disabled by 't_TE',
+			previous state is unknown
+
+
+1.14 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
 
 An operator is used before a {motion} command.  To define your own operator
 you must create a mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then
@@ -1143,7 +1217,7 @@ non-id	  The "non-id" type ends in a non-keyword character, the other
 Examples of strings that cannot be abbreviations: "a.b", "#def", "a b", "_$r"
 
 An abbreviation is only recognized when you type a non-keyword character.
-This can also be the <Esc> that ends insert mode or the <CR> that ends a
+This can also be the <Esc> that ends Insert mode or the <CR> that ends a
 command.  The non-keyword character which ends the abbreviation is inserted
 after the expanded abbreviation.  An exception to this is the character <C-]>,
 which is used to expand an abbreviation without inserting any extra
@@ -1347,12 +1421,13 @@ this, they can be made local to the script.
 
 						*<SID>* *<SNR>* *E81*
 The string "<SID>" can be used in a mapping or menu.  This requires that the
-'<' flag is not present in 'cpoptions'.
+'<' flag is not present in 'cpoptions'.  This is useful if you have a
+script-local function that you want to call from a mapping in the same script.
    When executing the map command, Vim will replace "<SID>" with the special
 key code <SNR>, followed by a number that's unique for the script, and an
 underscore.  Example: >
 	:map <SID>Add
-could define a mapping "<SNR>23_Add".
+would define a mapping "<SNR>23_Add".
 
 When defining a function in a script, "s:" can be prepended to the name to
 make it local to the script (in |Vim9| script functions without a prefix are
@@ -1473,6 +1548,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 :delc[ommand] {cmd}				*:delc* *:delcommand* *E184*
 			Delete the user-defined command {cmd}.
+			This is not allowed while listing commands, e.g. from
+			a timer. *E1311*
 
 :delc[ommand] -buffer {cmd}					*E1237*
 			Delete the user-defined command {cmd} that was defined
@@ -1483,7 +1560,7 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 
 Command attributes ~
-                                                       *command-attributes*
+							*command-attributes*
 User-defined commands are treated by Vim just like any other Ex commands.  They
 can have arguments, or have a range specified.  Arguments are subject to
 completion as filenames, buffers, etc.  Exactly how this works depends upon the
@@ -1641,7 +1718,7 @@ Possible attributes are:
 		    number.
 	-count=N    A count (default N) which is specified either in the line
 		    number position, or as an initial argument (like |:Next|).
-	-count	    acts like -count=0
+	-count	    Acts like -count=0
 
 Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be
 specified.
@@ -1652,14 +1729,14 @@ by default correspond to the current line, last line and the whole buffer,
 relate to arguments, (loaded) buffers, windows or tab pages.
 
 Possible values are (second column is the short name used in listing):
-    -addr=lines		  	Range of lines (this is the default for -range)
+    -addr=lines			Range of lines (this is the default for -range)
     -addr=arguments	  arg	Range for arguments
     -addr=buffers	  buf	Range for buffers (also not loaded buffers)
     -addr=loaded_buffers  load	Range for loaded buffers
     -addr=windows	  win	Range for windows
     -addr=tabs		  tab	Range for tab pages
     -addr=quickfix	  qf	Range for quickfix entries
-    -addr=other		  ?	other kind of range; can use ".", "$" and "%"
+    -addr=other		  ?	Other kind of range; can use ".", "$" and "%"
 				as with "lines" (this is the default for
 				-count)
 
@@ -1817,7 +1894,7 @@ When executed as: >
 This will invoke: >
 	:call Myfunc("arg1","arg2")
 
-<						*q-args-example* 
+<						*q-args-example*
 A more substantial example: >
    :function Allargs(command)
    :   let i = 0

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jan 26
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -635,6 +635,7 @@ probably means that some other program changed the file.  You will have to
 find out what happened, and decide which version of the file you want to keep.
 Set the 'autoread' option if you want to do this automatically.
 This message is not given when 'buftype' is not empty.
+Also see the |FileChangedShell| autocommand.
 
 There is one situation where you get this message even though there is nothing
 wrong: If you save a file in Windows on the day the daylight saving time

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 15
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 			key codes are not shown, because they are generated
 			internally and can't be changed.  Changing the terminal
 			codes in the GUI is not useful either...
+			The options have the form t_AB, see
+			|terminal-options|.
 
 :se[t]! termcap		Idem, but don't use multiple columns.
 
@@ -1249,7 +1251,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		\ ' on word "' .. v:beval_text .. '"'
     endfunction
     set bexpr=MyBalloonExpr()
-    set ballooneval
+    set ballooneval balloonevalterm
 <
 	Also see |balloon_show()|, it can be used if the content of the balloon
 	is to be fetched asynchronously.  In that case evaluating
@@ -1545,7 +1547,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			case mapping, the current locale is not effective.
 			This probably only matters for Turkish.
 
-						*'cdhome'* *'cdh'*
+				*'cdhome'* *'cdh'* *'nocdhome'* *'nocdh'*
 'cdhome' 'cdh'		boolean	(default: off)
 			global
 	When on, |:cd|, |:tcd| and |:lcd| without an argument changes the
@@ -1897,7 +1899,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	'allowrevins'	+ off		no CTRL-_ command
 	'antialias'	+ off		don't use antialiased fonts
-	'arabic'	+ off	 	reset arabic-related options
+	'arabic'	+ off		reset arabic-related options
 	'arabicshape'	+ on		correct character shapes
 	'backspace'	+ ""		normal backspace
 	'backup'	+ off		no backup file
@@ -3048,6 +3050,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When 'encoding' is set to a Unicode encoding, and 'fileencodings' was
 	not set yet, the default for 'fileencodings' is changed.
 
+			*'endoffile'* *'eof'* *'noendoffile'* *'noeof'*
+'endoffile' 'eof'	boolean	(default off)
+			local to buffer
+	Indicates that a CTRL-Z character was found at the end of the file
+	when reading it.  Normally only happens when 'fileformat' is "dos".
+	When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
+	is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no CTRL-Z will be written at the
+	end of the file.
+	See |eol-and-eof| for example settings.
+
 			*'endofline'* *'eol'* *'noendofline'* *'noeol'*
 'endofline' 'eol'	boolean	(default on)
 			local to buffer
@@ -3062,6 +3074,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	to remember the presence of a <EOL> for the last line in the file, so
 	that when you write the file the situation from the original file can
 	be kept.  But you can change it if you want to.
+	See |eol-and-eof| for example settings.
 
 			     *'equalalways'* *'ea'* *'noequalalways'* *'noea'*
 'equalalways' 'ea'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -3452,11 +3465,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'fixendofline' 'fixeol'	boolean	(default on)
 			local to buffer
 	When writing a file and this option is on, <EOL> at the end of file
-	will be restored if missing. Turn this option off if you want to
+	will be restored if missing.  Turn this option off if you want to
 	preserve the situation from the original file.
 	When the 'binary' option is set the value of this option doesn't
 	matter.
 	See the 'endofline' option.
+	See |eol-and-eof| for example settings.
 
 					*'fkmap'* *'fk'* *'nofkmap'* *'nofk'*
 'fkmap' 'fk'		boolean (default off)
@@ -4184,6 +4198,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     T:DiffText,>:SignColumn,-:Conceal,
 				     B:SpellBad,P:SpellCap,R:SpellRare,
 				     L:SpellLocal,+:Pmenu,=:PmenuSel,
+				     [:PmenuKind,]:PmenuKindSel,
+				     {:PmenuExtra,}:PmenuExtraSel,
 				     x:PmenuSbar,X:PmenuThumb,*:TabLine,
 				     #:TabLineSel,_:TabLineFill,!:CursorColumn,
 				     .:CursorLine,o:ColorColumn,q:QuickFixLine,
@@ -4240,6 +4256,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-SpellLocal|	 L  word from other region |spell|
 	|hl-Pmenu|	 +  popup menu normal line
 	|hl-PmenuSel|	 =  popup menu selected line
+	|hl-PmenuKind|	 [  popup menu "kind" normal line
+	|hl-PmenuKindSel|  ]  popup menu "kind" selected line
+	|hl-PmenuExtra|	 {  popup menu "kind" normal line
+	|hl-PmenuExtraSel| }  popup menu "kind" selected line
 	|hl-PmenuSbar|	 x  popup menu scrollbar
 	|hl-PmenuThumb|	 X  popup menu scrollbar thumb
 
@@ -4536,17 +4556,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			|+find_in_path| or |+eval| features}
 	Expression to be used to transform the string found with the 'include'
 	option to a file name.  Mostly useful to change "." to "/" for Java: >
-		:set includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')
+		:setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')
 <	The "v:fname" variable will be set to the file name that was detected.
-
+	Note the double backslash: the `:set` command first halves them, then
+	one remains it the value, where "\." matches a dot literally.  For
+	simple character replacements `tr()` avoids the need for escaping: >
+		:setlocal includeexpr=tr(v:fname,'.','/')
+<
 	Also used for the |gf| command if an unmodified file name can't be
 	found.  Allows doing "gf" on the name after an 'include' statement.
 	Also used for |<cfile>|.
 
 	If the expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced with
 	the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
-		set includeexpr=s:MyIncludeExpr()
-		set includeexpr=<SID>SomeIncludeExpr()
+		setlocal includeexpr=s:MyIncludeExpr()
+		setlocal includeexpr=<SID>SomeIncludeExpr()
 <	Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
 	where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
 
@@ -4876,6 +4900,57 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	<PageUp> and <PageDown>.
 	The 'keymodel' option is set by the |:behave| command.
 
+						*'keyprotocol'* *'kpc'*
+'keyprotocol' 'kpc'	string	(default: see below)
+			global
+	Specifies what keyboard protocol to use depending on the value of
+	'term'.  The supported keyboard protocols names are:
+		none	whatever the terminal uses
+		mok2	modifyOtherKeys level 2, as supported by xterm
+		kitty	Kitty keyboard protocol, as supported by Kitty
+
+	The option value is a list of comma separated items.  Each item has
+	a pattern that is matched against the 'term' option, a colon and the
+	protocol name to be used.  To illustrate this, the default value would
+	be set with: >
+	   set keyprotocol=kitty:kitty,foot:kitty,wezterm:kitty,xterm:mok2
+
+<	This means that when 'term' contains "kitty, "foot" or "wezterm"
+	somewhere then the "kitty" protocol is used.  When 'term' contains
+	"xterm" somewhere, then the "mok2" protocol is used.
+
+	The first match is used, thus if you want to have "kitty" use the
+	kitty protocol, but "badkitty" not, then you should match "badkitty"
+	first and use the "none" value: >
+	   set keyprotocol=badkitty:none,kitty:kitty
+<
+	The option is used after 'term' has been changed.  First the termcap
+	entries are set, possibly using the builtin list, see |builtin-terms|.
+	Then this option is inspected and if there is a match and a protocol
+	is specified the following happens:
+		none	Nothing, the regular t_TE and t_TI values remain
+
+		mok2	The t_TE value is changed to:
+			    CSI >4;m	disables modifyOtherKeys
+			The t_TI value is changed to:
+			    CSI >4;2m	enables modifyOtherKeys
+			    CSI ?4m	request the modifyOtherKeys state
+
+		kitty	The t_TE value is changed to:
+			    CSI >4;m	disables modifyOtherKeys
+			    CSI =0;1u	disables the kitty keyboard protocol
+			The t_TI value is changed to:
+			    CSI =1;1u	enables the kitty keyboard protocol
+			    CSI ?u	request kitty keyboard protocol state
+			    CSI >c	request the termresponse
+
+	If you notice problems, such as characters being displayed that
+	disappear after `CTRL-L`, you might want to try making this option
+	empty.  Then set the 'term' option to have it take effect: >
+		set keyprotocol=
+		let &term = &term
+<
+
 					*'keywordprg'* *'kp'*
 'keywordprg' 'kp'	string	(default "man" or "man -s",  DOS: ":help",
 								  VMS: "help")
@@ -5132,8 +5207,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			are left blank.
 							*lcs-multispace*
 	  multispace:c...
-	 		One or more characters to use cyclically to show for
-	 		multiple consecutive spaces.  Overrides the "space"
+			One or more characters to use cyclically to show for
+			multiple consecutive spaces.  Overrides the "space"
 			setting, except for single spaces.  When omitted, the
 			"space" setting is used.  For example,
 			`:set listchars=multispace:---+` shows ten consecutive
@@ -5596,7 +5671,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	The 'mousemodel' option is set by the |:behave| command.
 
-						*'mousemoveevent'* *'mousemev'*
+	      *'mousemoveevent'* *'mousemev'* *'nomousemoveevent'* *'nomousemev'*
 'mousemoveevent' 'mousemev'  boolean	(default off)
 			global
 			{only works in the GUI}
@@ -7051,51 +7126,55 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'shortmess'* *'shm'*
 'shortmess' 'shm'	string	(Vim default "filnxtToOS", Vi default: "S",
 							POSIX default: "AS")
-			global
+			global					*E1336*
 	This option helps to avoid all the |hit-enter| prompts caused by file
 	messages, for example  with CTRL-G, and to avoid some other messages.
 	It is a list of flags:
 	 flag	meaning when present	~
-	  f	use "(3 of 5)" instead of "(file 3 of 5)"
-	  i	use "[noeol]" instead of "[Incomplete last line]"
-	  l	use "999L, 888B" instead of "999 lines, 888 bytes"
-	  m	use "[+]" instead of "[Modified]"
-	  n	use "[New]" instead of "[New File]"
-	  r	use "[RO]" instead of "[readonly]"
-	  w	use "[w]" instead of "written" for file write message
+	  f	use "(3 of 5)" instead of "(file 3 of 5)"		*shm-f*
+	  i	use "[noeol]" instead of "[Incomplete last line]"	*shm-i*
+	  l	use "999L, 888B" instead of "999 lines, 888 bytes"	*shm-l*
+	  m	use "[+]" instead of "[Modified]"			*shm-m*
+	  n	use "[New]" instead of "[New File]"			*shm-n*
+	  r	use "[RO]" instead of "[readonly]"			*shm-r*
+	  w	use "[w]" instead of "written" for file write message	*shm-w*
 		and "[a]" instead of "appended" for ':w >> file' command
-	  x	use "[dos]" instead of "[dos format]", "[unix]" instead of
-		"[unix format]" and "[mac]" instead of "[mac format]".
-	  a	all of the above abbreviations
+	  x	use "[dos]" instead of "[dos format]", "[unix]"		*shm-x*
+		instead of "[unix format]" and "[mac]" instead of "[mac
+		format]"
+	  a	all of the above abbreviations				*shm-a*
 
-	  o	overwrite message for writing a file with subsequent message
-		for reading a file (useful for ":wn" or when 'autowrite' on)
-	  O	message for reading a file overwrites any previous message.
-		Also for quickfix message (e.g., ":cn").
-	  s	don't give "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" or "search
-		hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages; when using the search
-		count do not show "W" after the count message (see S below)
-	  t	truncate file message at the start if it is too long to fit
-		on the command-line, "<" will appear in the left most column.
-		Ignored in Ex mode.
-	  T	truncate other messages in the middle if they are too long to
-		fit on the command line.  "..." will appear in the middle.
-		Ignored in Ex mode.
-	  W	don't give "written" or "[w]" when writing a file
-	  A	don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing swap file
-		is found.
-	  I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim |:intro|.
-	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages.  For example,
-		"-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only match",
-		"Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
-	  C	don't give messages while scanning for ins-completion items,
-		for instance "scanning tags"
-	  q	use "recording" instead of "recording @a"
-	  F	don't give the file info when editing a file, like `:silent`
-		was used for the command; note that this also affects messages
-		from autocommands
-	  S     do not show search count message when searching, e.g.
-	        "[1/5]"
+	  o	overwrite message for writing a file with subsequent	*shm-o*
+		message for reading a file (useful for ":wn" or when
+		'autowrite' on)
+	  O	message for reading a file overwrites any previous	*shm-O*
+		message;  also for quickfix message (e.g., ":cn")
+	  s	don't give "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" or	*shm-s*
+		"search hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages; when using
+		the search count do not show "W" after the count message (see
+		S below)
+	  t	truncate file message at the start if it is too long	*shm-t*
+		to fit on the command-line, "<" will appear in the left most
+		column; ignored in Ex mode
+	  T	truncate other messages in the middle if they are too	*shm-T*
+		long to fit on the command line; "..." will appear in the
+		middle; ignored in Ex mode
+	  W	don't give "written" or "[w]" when writing a file	*shm-W*
+	  A	don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing	*shm-A*
+		swap file is found
+	  I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim,		*shm-I*
+		see |:intro|
+	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages; for		*shm-c*
+		example, "-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only
+		match", "Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
+	  C	don't give messages while scanning for ins-completion	*shm-C*
+		items, for instance "scanning tags"
+	  q	use "recording" instead of "recording @a"		*shm-q*
+	  F	don't give the file info when editing a file, like	*shm-F*
+		`:silent` was used for the command; note that this also
+		affects messages from autocommands
+	  S	do not show search count message when searching, e.g.	*shm-S*
+		"[1/5]"
 
 	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
 	requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
@@ -7155,9 +7234,26 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- When selecting more than one line, the number of lines.
 	- When selecting a block, the size in screen characters:
 	  {lines}x{columns}.
+	This information can be displayed in an alternative location using the
+	'showcmdloc' option.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
+			*'showcmdloc'* *'sloc'*
+'showcmdloc' 'sloc'	string	(default "last")
+			global
+	This option can be used to display the (partially) entered command in
+	another location.  Possible values are:
+	  last		Last line of the screen (default).
+	  statusline	Status line of the current window.
+	  tabline	First line of the screen if 'showtabline' is enabled.
+	Setting this option to "statusline" or "tabline" means that these will
+	be redrawn whenever the command changes, which can be on every key
+	pressed.
+	The %S 'statusline' item can be used in 'statusline' or 'tabline' to
+	place the text.  Without a custom 'statusline' or 'tabline' it will be
+	displayed in a convenient location.
+
 			*'showfulltag'* *'sft'* *'noshowfulltag'* *'nosft'*
 'showfulltag' 'sft'	boolean (default off)
 			global
@@ -7255,9 +7351,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+signs|
 			feature}
 	Whether or not to draw the signcolumn. Valid values are:
-	   "auto"   	only when there is a sign to display
-	   "no"	    	never
-	   "yes"    	always
+	   "auto"	only when there is a sign to display
+	   "no"		never
+	   "yes"	always
 	   "number"	display signs in the 'number' column. If the number
 			column is not present, then behaves like "auto".
 
@@ -7596,6 +7692,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	When there is error while evaluating the option then it will be made
 	empty to avoid further errors.  Otherwise screen updating would loop.
+	When the result contains unprintable characters the result is
+	unpredictable.
 
 	Note that the only effect of 'ruler' when this option is set (and
 	'laststatus' is 2) is controlling the output of |CTRL-G|.
@@ -7655,6 +7753,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	P S   Percentage through file of displayed window.  This is like the
 	      percentage described for 'ruler'.  Always 3 in length, unless
 	      translated.
+	S S   'showcmd' content, see 'showcmdloc'.
 	a S   Argument list status as in default title.  ({current} of {max})
 	      Empty if the argument file count is zero or one.
 	{ NF  Evaluate expression between '%{' and '}' and substitute result.
@@ -7683,7 +7782,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	      mark.  This information is used for mouse clicks.
 	< -   Where to truncate line if too long.  Default is at the start.
 	      No width fields allowed.
-	= -   Separation point between left and right aligned items.
+	= -   Separation point between alignment sections.  Each section will
+	      be separated by an equal number of spaces.  With one %= what
+	      comes after it will be right-aligned.  With two %= there is a
+	      middle part, with white space left and right of it.
 	      No width fields allowed.
 	# -   Set highlight group.  The name must follow and then a # again.
 	      Thus use %#HLname# for highlight group HLname.  The same
@@ -7691,8 +7793,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	      windows.
 	* -   Set highlight group to User{N}, where {N} is taken from the
 	      minwid field, e.g. %1*.  Restore normal highlight with %* or %0*.
-	      The difference between User{N} and StatusLine  will be applied
-	      to StatusLineNC for the statusline of non-current windows.
+	      The difference between User{N} and StatusLine will be applied to
+	      StatusLineNC for the statusline of non-current windows.
 	      The number N must be between 1 and 9.  See |hl-User1..9|
 
 	When displaying a flag, Vim removes the leading comma, if any, when
@@ -8138,7 +8240,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set encoding=utf-8
 <	You need to do this when your system has no locale support for UTF-8.
 
-					*'termguicolors'* *'tgc'* *E954*
+		*'termguicolors'* *'tgc'* *'notermguicolors'* *'notgc'* *E954*
 'termguicolors' 'tgc'	boolean (default off)
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the
@@ -8509,10 +8611,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	xterm entries...).
 
 				     *'ttyfast'* *'tf'* *'nottyfast'* *'notf'*
-'ttyfast' 'tf'		boolean	(default off, on when 'term' is xterm, hpterm,
-					sun-cmd, screen, rxvt, dtterm or
-					iris-ansi; also on when running Vim in
-					a DOS console)
+'ttyfast' 'tf'		boolean	(default on)
 			global
 	Indicates a fast terminal connection.  More characters will be sent to
 	the screen for redrawing, instead of using insert/delete line
@@ -8522,6 +8621,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	line for lines that wrap.  This helps when using copy/paste with the
 	mouse in an xterm and other terminals.
 
+	The default used to be set only for some terminal names, but these
+	days nearly all terminals are fast, therefore the default is now "on".
+	If you have a slow connection you may want to set this option off,
+	e.g. depending on the host name: >
+		if hostname() =~ 'faraway'
+		   set nottyfast
+		endif
+<
 						*'ttymouse'* *'ttym'*
 'ttymouse' 'ttym'	string	(default depends on 'term')
 			global
@@ -8581,6 +8688,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set to a name that starts with "xterm", "mlterm", "screen", "tmux",
 	"st" (full match only), "st-" or "stterm", and 'ttymouse' is not set
 	already.
+	If the terminfo/termcap entry "XM" exists and the first number is
+	"1006" then 'ttymouse' will be set to "sgr".  This works for many
+	modern terminals.
 	Additionally, if vim is compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and
 	|t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the xterm version
 	number, more intelligent detection is done.

runtime/doc/os_390.txt

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ This file contains the particulars for the z/OS UNIX version of Vim.
 2. Putty and Colors                     |zOS-PuTTY|
 3. Motif Problems			|zOS-Motif|
 4. Bugs					|zOS-Bugs|
-5. Limitations     			|zOS-limitations|
+5. Limitations				|zOS-limitations|
 6. Open source on z/OS UNIX		|zOS-open-source|
 
 Contributors: ~
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ There is no solution for this yet.
   this occurs in both the terminal and gui versions.
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Limitations     			*OS390-limitations* *zOS-limitations*
+5. Limitations				*OS390-limitations* *zOS-limitations*
 
 - No binary search in tag files.
   The program /bin/sort sorts by ASCII value by default.  This program is

runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt

@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ additionally installed over the GUI version.  Typical build commands are:
   ./configure --prefix=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY` \
     --datarootdir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DATA_DIRECTORY` \
     --mandir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`/documentation/man \
-    --with-tlib=ncurses \
+    --with-tlib=ncurses
   make clean
   make install
 
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ The default value for $VIM is set at compile time and can be determined with:
 
   :version
 
-The normal value is /boot/system/data/vim for Haikuports version, 
+The normal value is /boot/system/data/vim for Haikuports version,
 /boot/system/non-packaged/data/vim for manual builds.  If you don't like it
 you can set the VIM environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile'
 in your .vimrc: >
@@ -223,11 +223,11 @@ Thank you, all!
 
 
 14. Bugs & to-do					*haiku-bugs*
- 
+
 The port is under development now and far away from the perfect state. For bug
 reports, patches and wishes, please use the Vim mailing list or Vim Github
 repository.
- 
+
 Mailing list: https://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 Vim Github repository: https://github.com/vim/vim
 

runtime/doc/os_unix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_unix.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_unix.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -28,10 +28,11 @@ system() is used, which is a bit slower.  The output of ":version" includes
 can be changed at compile time.
 (For forking of the GUI version see |gui-fork|.)
 
-Because terminal updating under Unix is often slow (e.g. serial line
-terminal, shell window in suntools), the 'showcmd' and 'ruler' options
-are off by default.  If you have a fast terminal, try setting them on.  You
-might also want to set 'ttyfast'.
+For historic reasons terminal updating under Unix is expected to be slow (e.g.
+serial line terminal, shell window in suntools), the 'showcmd' and 'ruler'
+options are off by default.  If you have a fast terminal, try setting them
+on: >
+	set showcmd ruler
 
 When using Vim in an xterm the mouse clicks can be used by Vim by setting
 'mouse' to "a".  If there is access to an X-server gui style copy/paste will

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 30
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ You can check that everything is at the right place with the :version command.
 
 Example LOGIN.COM: >
 
- 	$ define/nolog VIM DKA0:[UTIL.VIM81]
+	$ define/nolog VIM DKA0:[UTIL.VIM81]
 	$ vi*m :== mcr VIM:VIM.EXE
 	$ gv*im:== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:VIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
 	$ set disp/create/node=192.168.10.202/trans=tcpip
@@ -458,18 +458,11 @@ Ins, Del buttons etc., except Backspace in GUI mode.  To solve it, add to
 
 Vim will also recognize that they are fast terminals.
 
-If you have some annoying line jumping on the screen between windows add to
-your .vimrc file: >
-
-	set ttyfast	" set fast terminal
-
-Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through a very slow connection, it's
-recommended to avoid the fast terminal option with: >
+If you're using Vim on remote host or through a very slow connection, you
+might want to reset fast terminal option with: >
 
 	set nottyfast   " set terminal to slow mode
 
-(Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 5.6)
-
 
 8.7 Hex-editing and other external tools
 

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 24
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -101,6 +101,8 @@ g#			Like "#", but don't put "\<" and "\>" around the word.
 							*gd*
 gd			Goto local Declaration.  When the cursor is on a local
 			variable, this command will jump to its declaration.
+			This was made to work for C code, in other languages
+			it may not work well.
 			First Vim searches for the start of the current
 			function, just like "[[".  If it is not found the
 			search stops in line 1.  If it is found, Vim goes back
@@ -1142,21 +1144,21 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  are supported:
 		  Name	      Func	Contents ~
 *[:alnum:]*	  [:alnum:]   isalnum	ASCII letters and digits
-*[:alpha:]*	  [:alpha:]   isalpha  	ASCII letters
-*[:blank:]*	  [:blank:]     	space and tab
-*[:cntrl:]*	  [:cntrl:]   iscntrl 	ASCII control characters
-*[:digit:]*	  [:digit:]     	decimal digits '0' to '9'
+*[:alpha:]*	  [:alpha:]   isalpha	ASCII letters
+*[:blank:]*	  [:blank:]		space and tab
+*[:cntrl:]*	  [:cntrl:]   iscntrl	ASCII control characters
+*[:digit:]*	  [:digit:]		decimal digits '0' to '9'
 *[:graph:]*	  [:graph:]   isgraph	ASCII printable characters excluding
 					space
 *[:lower:]*	  [:lower:]   (1)	lowercase letters (all letters when
 					'ignorecase' is used)
-*[:print:]*	  [:print:]   (2) 	printable characters including space
+*[:print:]*	  [:print:]   (2)	printable characters including space
 *[:punct:]*	  [:punct:]   ispunct	ASCII punctuation characters
-*[:space:]*	  [:space:]     	whitespace characters: space, tab, CR,
+*[:space:]*	  [:space:]		whitespace characters: space, tab, CR,
 					NL, vertical tab, form feed
 *[:upper:]*	  [:upper:]   (3)	uppercase letters (all letters when
 					'ignorecase' is used)
-*[:xdigit:]*	  [:xdigit:]    	hexadecimal digits: 0-9, a-f, A-F
+*[:xdigit:]*	  [:xdigit:]		hexadecimal digits: 0-9, a-f, A-F
 *[:return:]*	  [:return:]		the <CR> character
 *[:tab:]*	  [:tab:]		the <Tab> character
 *[:escape:]*	  [:escape:]		the <Esc> character

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ get the latest versions of scripts listed therein from http://vim.sf.net/.
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Contents				*glvs-contents* *glvs* *getscript*
-   					*GetLatestVimScripts*
+					*GetLatestVimScripts*
 
 	1. Contents........................................: |glvs-contents|
 	2. GetLatestVimScripts -- Getting Started..........: |glvs-install|
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ reflect the latest version of script(s) so downloaded.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. GetLatestVimScripts Data File		*getscript-data* *glvs-data*
- 						*:GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
+						*:GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
 The data file <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> must have for its first two lines
 the following text:
 >
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
 		This variable holds the options to be used with the
 		g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget command.
 >
- 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
+	g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
 <	default= 1
 		This variable indicates whether GetLatestVimScripts is allowed
 		to attempt to automatically install scripts.  Furthermore, the

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1085,8 +1085,8 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	 <c-tab> Shrink/expand a netrw/explore window                |netrw-c-tab|
 	   -	Makes Netrw go up one directory                      |netrw--|
 	   a	Cycles between normal display,                       |netrw-a|
-	    	hiding (suppress display of files matching g:netrw_list_hide)
-	    	and showing (display only files which match g:netrw_list_hide)
+		hiding (suppress display of files matching g:netrw_list_hide)
+		and showing (display only files which match g:netrw_list_hide)
 	   cd	Make browsing directory the current directory        |netrw-cd|
 	   C	Setting the editing window                           |netrw-C|
 	   d	Make a directory                                     |netrw-d|
@@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	   mX	Apply arbitrary shell command to marked files en bloc|netrw-mX|
 	   mz	Compress/decompress marked files                     |netrw-mz|
 	   o	Enter the file/directory under the cursor in a new   |netrw-o|
-	    	browser window.  A horizontal split is used.
+		browser window.  A horizontal split is used.
 	   O	Obtain a file specified by cursor                    |netrw-O|
 	   p	Preview the file                                     |netrw-p|
 	   P	Browse in the previously used window                 |netrw-P|
@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	   u	Change to recently-visited directory                 |netrw-u|
 	   U	Change to subsequently-visited directory             |netrw-U|
 	   v	Enter the file/directory under the cursor in a new   |netrw-v|
-	    	browser window.  A vertical split is used.
+		browser window.  A vertical split is used.
 	   x	View file with an associated program                 |netrw-x|
 	   X	Execute filename under cursor via |system()|           |netrw-X|
 
@@ -2271,7 +2271,7 @@ Example:
 	...
 
 
-MARKED FILES, ARBITRARY SHELL COMMAND, EN BLOC 			*netrw-mX* {{{2
+MARKED FILES, ARBITRARY SHELL COMMAND, EN BLOC			*netrw-mX* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the global marked-file list)
 
@@ -2620,7 +2620,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				Used to change access permission for a file.
 
   *g:netrw_clipboard*		=1
-  				By default, netrw will attempt to insure that
+				By default, netrw will attempt to insure that
 				the clipboard's values will remain unchanged.
 				However, some users report that they have
 				speed problems with this; consequently, this
@@ -2768,7 +2768,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				escaped before applying glob()
 
   *g:netrw_gx*			="<cfile>"
- 				This option controls how gx (|netrw-gx|) picks
+				This option controls how gx (|netrw-gx|) picks
 				up the text under the cursor.  See |expand()|
 				for possibilities.
 
@@ -2834,11 +2834,11 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				directory (|netrw-mt|, |netrw-mc|)
 
   *g:netrw_localcopycmdopt*	=''             Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
-  				=' \c copy'                     Windows
+				=' \c copy'                     Windows
 				Options for the |g:netrw_localcopycmd|
 
   *g:netrw_localcopydircmd*	="cp"           Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
- 				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
+				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
 				Copies directories to target directory.
 				(|netrw-mc|, |netrw-mt|)
 
@@ -2864,7 +2864,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				Options for |g:netrw_localmovecmd|
 
   *g:netrw_localrmdir*		="rmdir"        Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
- 				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
+				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
 				Remove directory command (rmdir)
 				This variable is only used if your vim is
 				earlier than 7.4 or if your vim doesn't
@@ -2900,10 +2900,10 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				(see |'ballooneval'|)
 
  *g:netrw_sizestyle*		not defined: actual bytes (default)
- 				="b" : actual bytes       (default)
- 				="h" : human-readable (ex. 5k, 4m, 3g)
+				="b" : actual bytes       (default)
+				="h" : human-readable (ex. 5k, 4m, 3g)
 				       uses 1000 base
- 				="H" : human-readable (ex. 5K, 4M, 3G)
+				="H" : human-readable (ex. 5K, 4M, 3G)
 				       uses 1024 base
 				The long listing (|netrw-i|) and query-file
 				maps (|netrw-qf|) will display file size
@@ -2951,7 +2951,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				 default: "NETRWSERVER"
 
   *g:netrw_sort_by*		sort by "name", "time", "size", or
-  				"exten".
+				"exten".
 				 default: "name"
 
   *g:netrw_sort_direction*	sorting direction: "normal" or "reverse"
@@ -3008,7 +3008,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 					.vim/after/syntax/netrw.vim.
 <				 The netrwGray highlighting is set up by
 				netrw when >
-	       				* netrwGray has not been previously
+					* netrwGray has not been previously
 					  defined
 					* the gui is running
 <				 As an example, I myself use a dark-background
@@ -3266,7 +3266,7 @@ If there are marked files:  (see |netrw-mf|)
     name, applying that substitute, and renaming each file to the result.
     As an example : >
 
-    	mr  [query: reply with *.c]
+	mr  [query: reply with *.c]
 	R   [query: reply with s/^\(.*\)\.c$/\1.cpp/]
 <
     This example will mark all *.c files and then rename them to *.cpp
@@ -3275,7 +3275,7 @@ If there are marked files:  (see |netrw-mf|)
 
     The ctrl-X character has special meaning for renaming files: >
 
-    	<c-x>      : a single ctrl-x tells netrw to ignore the portion of the response
+	<c-x>      : a single ctrl-x tells netrw to ignore the portion of the response
 	             lying between the last '/' and the ctrl-x.
 
 	<c-x><c-x> : a pair of contiguous ctrl-x's tells netrw to ignore any
@@ -3843,7 +3843,7 @@ netrw:
 	  Decho.vim is provided as a "vimball"; see |vimball-intro|.  You
 	  should edit the Decho.vba.gz file and source it in: >
 
-	  	vim Decho.vba.gz
+		vim Decho.vba.gz
 		:so %
 		:q
 <
@@ -3885,7 +3885,7 @@ netrw:
 	   To save the file: under linux, the output will be in a separate
 	   remote server window; in it, just save the file with >
 
-	   	:w! DBG
+		:w! DBG
 
 <	   Under a vim that doesn't support clientserver, your debugging
 	   output will appear in another tab: >

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2020 Jan 07
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
@@ -80,25 +80,25 @@ Copyright 2005-2017:					*tar-copyright*
 
    These options are variables that one may change, typically in one's
    <.vimrc> file.
-                         Default
-   Variable               Value   Explanation
-   *g:tar_browseoptions*  "Ptf"   used to get a list of contents
-   *g:tar_readoptions*    "OPxf"  used to extract a file from a tarball
-   *g:tar_cmd*            "tar"   the name of the tar program
-   *g:tar_nomax*            0     if true, file window will not be maximized
-   *g:tar_secure*         undef   if exists:
+			 Default
+   Variable		  Value   Explanation
+   *g:tar_browseoptions*    "Ptf"   used to get a list of contents
+   *g:tar_readoptions*	  "OPxf"  used to extract a file from a tarball
+   *g:tar_cmd*		  "tar"   the name of the tar program
+   *g:tar_nomax*	    0	  if true, file window will not be maximized
+   *g:tar_secure*	  undef   if exists:
 					"--"s will be used to prevent unwanted
 					option expansion in tar commands.
 					Please be sure that your tar command
 					accepts "--"; Posix compliant tar
 					utilities do accept them.
 				  if not exists:
-				  	The tar plugin will reject any tar
+					The tar plugin will reject any tar
 					files or member files that begin with
 					"-"
 				  Not all tar's support the "--" which is why
 				  it isn't default.
-   *g:tar_writeoptions*   "uf"    used to update/replace a file
+   *g:tar_writeoptions*	  "uf"    used to update/replace a file
 
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Nov 08
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 
    OPTIONS~
 
-   							*g:zip_nomax*
+							*g:zip_nomax*
 
    If this variable exists and is true, the file window will not be
    automatically maximized when opened.
@@ -54,21 +54,21 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
    under Windows (").  If you'd rather have no quotes, simply set
    g:zip_shq to the empty string (let g:zip_shq= "") in your <.vimrc>.
 
-   							*g:zip_unzipcmd*
+							*g:zip_unzipcmd*
    Use this option to specify the program which does the duty of "unzip".
    It's used during browsing. By default: >
-   	let g:zip_unzipcmd= "unzip"
+	let g:zip_unzipcmd= "unzip"
 <
 							*g:zip_zipcmd*
    Use this option to specify the program which does the duty of "zip".
    It's used during the writing (updating) of a file already in a zip
    file; by default: >
-   	let g:zip_zipcmd= "zip"
+	let g:zip_zipcmd= "zip"
 <
 							*g:zip_extractcmd*
    This option specifies the program (and any options needed) used to
    extract a file from a zip archive.  By default, >
-   	let g:zip_extractcmd= g:zip_unzipcmd
+	let g:zip_extractcmd= g:zip_unzipcmd
 <
    PREVENTING LOADING~
 
@@ -103,14 +103,14 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 ==============================================================================
 4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
    v32 Oct 22, 2021 * to avoid an issue with a vim 8.2 patch, zipfile: has
-   		      been changed to zipfile:// . This often shows up
+		      been changed to zipfile:// . This often shows up
 		      as zipfile:/// with zipped files that are root-based.
    v29 Apr 02, 2017 * (Klartext) reported that an encrypted zip file could
-   		      opened but the swapfile held unencrypted contents.
+		      opened but the swapfile held unencrypted contents.
 		      The solution is to edit the contents of a zip file
 		      using the |:noswapfile| modifier.
    v28 Oct 08, 2014 * changed the sanity checks for executables to reflect
-   		      the command actually to be attempted in zip#Read()
+		      the command actually to be attempted in zip#Read()
 		      and zip#Write()
 		    * added the extraction of a file capability
        Nov 30, 2015 * added *.epub to the |g:zipPlugin_ext| list

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 	cursorline	TRUE:	 Highlight the cursor line. Also scrolls the
 				 text to show this line (only works properly
 				 when 'wrap' is off).
-			zero: 	 Do not highlight the cursor line.
+			zero:	 Do not highlight the cursor line.
 			Default is zero, except for |popup_menu()|.
 	filter		A callback that can filter typed characters, see
 			|popup-filter|.

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 26
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -365,8 +365,6 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			If numbers [from] and/or [to] are given, the respective
 			range of errors is listed.  A negative number counts
 			from the last error backwards, -1 being the last error.
-			The 'switchbuf' settings are respected when jumping
-			to a buffer.
 			The |:filter| command can be used to display only the
 			quickfix entries matching a supplied pattern. The
 			pattern is matched against the filename, module name,
@@ -1273,6 +1271,21 @@ not "b:current_compiler".  What the command actually does is the following:
 For writing a compiler plugin, see |write-compiler-plugin|.
 
 
+DOTNET							*compiler-dotnet*
+
+The .NET CLI compiler outputs both errors and warnings by default. The output
+may be limited to include only errors, by setting the g:dotnet_errors_only
+variable to |v:true|.
+
+The associated project name is included in each error and warning. To suppress
+the project name, set the g:dotnet_show_project_file variable to |v:false|.
+
+Example: limit output to only display errors, and suppress the project name: >
+	let dotnet_errors_only = v:true
+	let dotnet_show_project_file = v:false
+	compiler dotnet
+<
+
 GCC					*quickfix-gcc*	*compiler-gcc*
 
 There's one variable you can set for the GCC compiler:

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 15
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -689,6 +689,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'edcompatible'	  'ed'	    toggle flags of ":substitute" command
 'emoji'		  'emo'	    emoji characters are considered full width
 'encoding'	  'enc'     encoding used internally
+'endoffile'	  'eof'     write CTRL-Z at end of the file
 'endofline'	  'eol'     write <EOL> for last line in file
 'equalalways'	  'ea'	    windows are automatically made the same size
 'equalprg'	  'ep'	    external program to use for "=" command
@@ -774,6 +775,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'key'			    encryption key
 'keymap'	  'kmp'     name of a keyboard mapping
 'keymodel'	  'km'	    enable starting/stopping selection with keys
+'keyprotocol'	  'kpc'	    what keyboard protocol to use for what terminal
 'keywordprg'	  'kp'	    program to use for the "K" command
 'langmap'	  'lmap'    alphabetic characters for other language mode
 'langmenu'	  'lm'	    language to be used for the menus
@@ -900,7 +902,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'shortmess'	  'shm'     list of flags, reduce length of messages
 'shortname'	  'sn'	    Filenames assumed to be 8.3 chars
 'showbreak'	  'sbr'     string to use at the start of wrapped lines
-'showcmd'	  'sc'	    show (partial) command in status line
+'showcmd'	  'sc'	    show (partial) command somewhere
+'showcmdloc'	  'sloc'    where to show (partial) command
 'showfulltag'	  'sft'     show full tag pattern when completing tag
 'showmatch'	  'sm'	    briefly jump to matching bracket if insert one
 'showmode'	  'smd'     message on status line to show current mode

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ The following command line arguments are available:
 				below).  The name used will be uppercase.
 								*--remote-send*
    --remote-send {keys}		Send {keys} to server and exit.  The {keys}
-   				are not mapped.  Special key names are
+				are not mapped.  Special key names are
 				recognized, e.g., "<CR>" results in a CR
 				character.
 								*--remote-expr*

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 22
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			When [where] is omitted only 'runtimepath' is used.
 			Other values:
 				START	search under "start" in 'packpath'
-				OPT 	search under "opt" in 'packpath'
+				OPT	search under "opt" in 'packpath'
 				PACK	search under "start" and "opt" in
 					'packpath'
 				ALL	first use 'runtimepath', then search
@@ -423,6 +423,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			after resolving symbolic links got sourced with
 			another name the other script is after "->".  E.g.
 			"20->22" means script 20 was sourced as script 22.
+			Also see `getscriptinfo()`.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
 			feature}
 
@@ -729,15 +730,15 @@ up-to-date easily, but it requires a program like "git" to be available.
 You can do both, github can automatically create an archive for a release.
 
 Your directory layout would be like this:
-   start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim    	" always loaded, defines commands
-   start/foobar/plugin/bar.vim    	" always loaded, defines commands
-   start/foobar/autoload/foo.vim  	" loaded when foo command used
-   start/foobar/doc/foo.txt       	" help for foo.vim
-   start/foobar/doc/tags          	" help tags
-   opt/fooextra/plugin/extra.vim  	" optional plugin, defines commands
-   opt/fooextra/autoload/extra.vim  	" loaded when extra command used
-   opt/fooextra/doc/extra.txt  	        " help for extra.vim
-   opt/fooextra/doc/tags  	        " help tags
+   start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim		" always loaded, defines commands
+   start/foobar/plugin/bar.vim		" always loaded, defines commands
+   start/foobar/autoload/foo.vim	" loaded when foo command used
+   start/foobar/doc/foo.txt		" help for foo.vim
+   start/foobar/doc/tags		" help tags
+   opt/fooextra/plugin/extra.vim	" optional plugin, defines commands
+   opt/fooextra/autoload/extra.vim	" loaded when extra command used
+   opt/fooextra/doc/extra.txt		" help for extra.vim
+   opt/fooextra/doc/tags		" help tags
 
 This allows for the user to do: >
 	mkdir ~/.vim/pack

runtime/doc/scroll.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 07
+*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -280,6 +280,17 @@ You can also use Alt and Ctrl modifiers.
 
 This only works when Vim gets the scroll wheel events, of course.  You can
 check if this works with the "xev" program.
+							*mouse-scrolling-off*
+If you do not want the mouse to cause scrolling (e.g. because resting your
+palm on the touchpad causes scroll events), you can disable that with: >
+	:map <ScrollWheelDown> <Nop>
+	:map! <ScrollWheelDown> <Nop>
+	:map <ScrollWheelUp> <Nop>
+	:map! <ScrollWheelUp> <Nop>
+	:map <ScrollWheelLeft> <Nop>
+	:map! <ScrollWheelLeft> <Nop>
+	:map <ScrollWheelRight> <Nop>
+	:map! <ScrollWheelRight> <Nop>
 
 When using XFree86, the /etc/XF86Config file should have the correct entry for
 your mouse.  For FreeBSD, this entry works for a Logitech scrollmouse: >

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Dec 05
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -614,23 +614,23 @@ sign_placelist({list})
 		|sign_place()| function.  The {list} argument specifies the
 		List of signs to place. Each list item is a dict with the
 		following sign attributes:
-		    buffer	buffer name or number. For the accepted
+		    buffer	Buffer name or number. For the accepted
 				values, see |bufname()|.
-		    group	sign group. {group} functions as a namespace
+		    group	Sign group. {group} functions as a namespace
 				for {id}, thus two groups can use the same
 				IDs. If not specified or set to an empty
 				string, then the global group is used.   See
 				|sign-group| for more information.
-		    id		sign identifier. If not specified or zero,
+		    id		Sign identifier. If not specified or zero,
 				then a new unique identifier is allocated.
 				Otherwise the specified number is used. See
 				|sign-identifier| for more information.
-		    lnum	line number in the buffer {expr} where the
-				sign is to be placed. For the accepted values,
-				see |line()|.
-		    name	name of the sign to place. See |sign_define()|
-		    		for more information.
-		    priority	priority of the sign. When multiple signs are
+		    lnum	Line number in the buffer where the sign is to
+				be placed. For the accepted values, see
+				|line()|.
+		    name	Name of the sign to place. See |sign_define()|
+				for more information.
+		    priority	Priority of the sign. When multiple signs are
 				placed on a line, the sign with the highest
 				priority is used. If not specified, the
 				default value of 10 is used. See

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1008,8 +1008,8 @@ Note: even when using "num" or "long" the number of flags available to
 compounding and prefixes is limited to about 250.
 
 
-AFFIXES
-					    *spell-PFX* *spell-SFX*
+AFFIXES						*spell-PFX* *spell-SFX*
+
 The usual PFX (prefix) and SFX (suffix) lines are supported (see the Myspell
 documentation or the Aspell manual:
 http://aspell.net/man-html/Affix-Compression.html).

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 14
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		Start logging and write entries to {filename}.
 		This works like calling `ch_logfile({filename}, 'ao')` very
 		early during startup.
-		{only available with the |+channel| feature}
+		{only available with the |+eval| feature}
 
 							*-D*
 -D		Debugging.  Go to debugging mode when executing the first

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 14
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ Force to omit the line numbers: >
 Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
    :unlet g:html_number_lines
 <
-                                                             *g:html_line_ids*
+							*g:html_line_ids*
 Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
 When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
 inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
@@ -692,6 +692,22 @@ the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
 >
    :let g:html_no_pre = 1
 <
+							       *g:html_no_doc*
+Default: 0.
+When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
+<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
+define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
+settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
+
+
+							     *g:html_no_links*
+Default: 0.
+Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
+
+							  *g:html_no_modeline*
+Default: 0.
+Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
+
 							  *g:html_expand_tabs*
 Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
 	       and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
@@ -1291,18 +1307,32 @@ When not set 4 is used.
 
 DOSBATCH				*dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
 
-There is one option with highlighting DOS batch files.	This covers new
-extensions to the Command Interpreter introduced with Windows 2000 and
-is controlled by the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion.  For Windows NT
-this should have the value 1, and for Windows 2000 it should be 2.
+Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
+supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion.  For versions of Windows
+NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1.  For Windows 2000
+and later it should be 2.
 Select the version you want with the following line: >
 
    :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
 
 If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
-Windows 2000.
+Windows 2000 and later.
 
-A second option covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
+The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
+alternative way to enter a comment line.  This idiom can be used with the
+current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
+inside ( ... ) command blocks.  You can find a discussion about this on
+Stack Overflow -
+
+https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
+
+To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in the Windows Command
+Interpreter or working with MS-DOS bat files, set the
+dosbatch_colons_comment variable to anything: >
+
+   :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
+
+There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
 "dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files).  The latter
 is used by default.  You may select the former with the following line: >
 
@@ -1872,6 +1902,16 @@ following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
 Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
 the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
 
+							*html-folding*
+The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
+and end tags.  This can be turned on by >
+
+	:let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
+	:set foldmethod=syntax
+
+Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
+especially for large files.
+
 
 HTML/OS (by Aestiva)				*htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
 
@@ -2400,7 +2440,7 @@ you set the variable: >
 
 	:let papp_include_html=1
 
-in your startup file it will try to syntax-hilight html code inside phtml
+in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
 sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
 edit sensibly. ;)
 
@@ -2751,17 +2791,25 @@ For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
 	:let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
 or >
 	:let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
-(first option implies second one).
+The first option implies the second one.
 
 For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
 	:let python_space_error_highlight = 1
 
-If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
-preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
+If you want all possible Python highlighting:
 	:let python_highlight_all = 1
+This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
+unsetting all the other ones.
+
+If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
+you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
+Python 2 and up to Python 3.5.
+	: let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
+This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
+
+Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
+      You can replace 1 above with anything.
 
-Note: Only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
-      1 above with anything.
 
 QUAKE						*quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
 
@@ -2932,7 +2980,7 @@ Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
 
 You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
 
-        :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
+	:let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
 <
 The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
 
@@ -2940,22 +2988,22 @@ The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
     --------  ------------------------------------- ~
     ALL        Most block syntax (default)
     NONE       Nothing
-    if         "if" or "unless" block
+    if	       "if" or "unless" block
     def        "def" block
     class      "class" block
     module     "module" block
-    do         "do" block
+    do	       "do" block
     begin      "begin" block
     case       "case" block
     for        "for", "while", "until" loops
-    {          Curly bracket block or hash literal
-    [          Array literal
-    %          Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
-    /          Regexp
+    {	       Curly bracket block or hash literal
+    [	       Array literal
+    %	       Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
+    /	       Regexp
     string     String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
-    :          Symbol
-    #          Multiline comment
-    <<         Here documents
+    :	       Symbol
+    #	       Multiline comment
+    <<	       Here documents
     __END__    Source code after "__END__" directive
 
 						*ruby_no_expensive*
@@ -3595,6 +3643,14 @@ highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
 <
 
 
+WDL							*wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
+
+The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
+with a human-readable and writeable syntax.  This is used a lot in
+bioinformatics.  More info on the spec can be found here:
+https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
+
+
 XF86CONFIG				*xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
 
 The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x.  Both
@@ -3802,7 +3858,7 @@ SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING				*:syn-iskeyword*
 
 	clear:		Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
 			buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
-	{option}        Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
+	{option}	Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
 
 	Example: >
   :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
@@ -4875,7 +4931,7 @@ is mostly used, because it looks better.
 In the next section you can find information about indivisual highlight groups
 and how to specify colors for them.  Most likely you want to just select a set
 of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
-	
+
 	    colorscheme pablo
 <
 						*:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
@@ -4927,7 +4983,7 @@ Change a couple more colors: >
 	augroup my_colorschemes
 	  au!
 	  au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
-		      \ | higlight Special ctermfg=63
+		      \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
 		      \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
 	augroup END
 
@@ -4969,7 +5025,7 @@ in their own color.
 
 						*highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
 :hi[ghlight] clear	Reset all highlighting to the defaults.  Removes all
-			highlighting for groups added by the user!
+			highlighting for groups added by the user.
 			Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
 			default colors to use.
 			If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
@@ -5249,7 +5305,7 @@ guisp={color-name}					*highlight-guisp*
 	(guisp) color to use in the GUI.  "guisp" is used for undercurl and
 	strikethrough.
 	There are a few special names:
-		NONE		no color (transparent)
+		NONE		no color (transparent)		*E1361*
 		bg		use normal background color
 		background	use normal background color
 		fg		use normal foreground color
@@ -5280,7 +5336,7 @@ guisp={color-name}					*highlight-guisp*
 		"gg"	is the Green value
 		"bb"	is the Blue value
 	All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff".  Examples: >
-            :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
+	    :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
 <
 	If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
 	repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
@@ -5322,7 +5378,7 @@ ColorColumn	Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
 							*hl-Conceal*
 Conceal		Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
 		text (see 'conceallevel').
-							*hl-Cursor*
+						*hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
 Cursor		Character under the cursor.
 lCursor		Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
 		is used (see 'guicursor').
@@ -5370,16 +5426,16 @@ LineNrBelow	Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
 							*hl-CursorLineNr*
 CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
 		contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
-							*hl-CursorLineSign*
-CursorLineSign	Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
 							*hl-CursorLineFold*
 CursorLineFold	Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
+							*hl-CursorLineSign*
+CursorLineSign	Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
 							*hl-MatchParen*
 MatchParen	Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
 		is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
 							*hl-MessageWindow*
-MessageWindow	Messages popup window used when 'cmdheight' is zero.  If not
-		defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
+MessageWindow	Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`.  If not defined
+		|hl-WarningMsg| is used.
 							*hl-ModeMsg*
 ModeMsg		'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
 							*hl-MoreMsg*
@@ -5396,6 +5452,14 @@ Normal		Normal text.
 Pmenu		Popup menu: Normal item.
 							*hl-PmenuSel*
 PmenuSel	Popup menu: Selected item.
+							*hl-PmenuKind*
+PmenuKind	Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
+							*hl-PmenuKindSel*
+PmenuKindSel	Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
+							*hl-PmenuExtra*
+PmenuExtra	Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
+							*hl-PmenuExtraSel*
+PmenuExtraSel	Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
 							*hl-PmenuSbar*
 PmenuSbar	Popup menu: Scrollbar.
 							*hl-PmenuThumb*

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -231,7 +231,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'emoji'	options.txt	/*'emoji'*
 'enc'	options.txt	/*'enc'*
 'encoding'	options.txt	/*'encoding'*
+'endoffile'	options.txt	/*'endoffile'*
 'endofline'	options.txt	/*'endofline'*
+'eof'	options.txt	/*'eof'*
 'eol'	options.txt	/*'eol'*
 'ep'	options.txt	/*'ep'*
 'equalalways'	options.txt	/*'equalalways'*
@@ -435,10 +437,12 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'key'	options.txt	/*'key'*
 'keymap'	options.txt	/*'keymap'*
 'keymodel'	options.txt	/*'keymodel'*
+'keyprotocol'	options.txt	/*'keyprotocol'*
 'keywordprg'	options.txt	/*'keywordprg'*
 'km'	options.txt	/*'km'*
 'kmp'	options.txt	/*'kmp'*
 'kp'	options.txt	/*'kp'*
+'kpc'	options.txt	/*'kpc'*
 'langmap'	options.txt	/*'langmap'*
 'langmenu'	options.txt	/*'langmenu'*
 'langnoremap'	options.txt	/*'langnoremap'*
@@ -564,6 +568,8 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'nobreakindent'	options.txt	/*'nobreakindent'*
 'nobri'	options.txt	/*'nobri'*
 'nobuflisted'	options.txt	/*'nobuflisted'*
+'nocdh'	options.txt	/*'nocdh'*
+'nocdhome'	options.txt	/*'nocdhome'*
 'nocf'	options.txt	/*'nocf'*
 'noci'	options.txt	/*'noci'*
 'nocin'	options.txt	/*'nocin'*
@@ -598,7 +604,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'noek'	options.txt	/*'noek'*
 'noemo'	options.txt	/*'noemo'*
 'noemoji'	options.txt	/*'noemoji'*
+'noendoffile'	options.txt	/*'noendoffile'*
 'noendofline'	options.txt	/*'noendofline'*
+'noeof'	options.txt	/*'noeof'*
 'noeol'	options.txt	/*'noeol'*
 'noequalalways'	options.txt	/*'noequalalways'*
 'noerrorbells'	options.txt	/*'noerrorbells'*
@@ -670,6 +678,8 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'nomousef'	options.txt	/*'nomousef'*
 'nomousefocus'	options.txt	/*'nomousefocus'*
 'nomousehide'	options.txt	/*'nomousehide'*
+'nomousemev'	options.txt	/*'nomousemev'*
+'nomousemoveevent'	options.txt	/*'nomousemoveevent'*
 'nonu'	options.txt	/*'nonu'*
 'nonumber'	options.txt	/*'nonumber'*
 'noodev'	options.txt	/*'noodev'*
@@ -739,10 +749,12 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'notbidi'	options.txt	/*'notbidi'*
 'notbs'	options.txt	/*'notbs'*
 'notermbidi'	options.txt	/*'notermbidi'*
+'notermguicolors'	options.txt	/*'notermguicolors'*
 'noterse'	options.txt	/*'noterse'*
 'notextauto'	options.txt	/*'notextauto'*
 'notextmode'	options.txt	/*'notextmode'*
 'notf'	options.txt	/*'notf'*
+'notgc'	options.txt	/*'notgc'*
 'notgst'	options.txt	/*'notgst'*
 'notildeop'	options.txt	/*'notildeop'*
 'notimeout'	options.txt	/*'notimeout'*
@@ -920,6 +932,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'shortname'	options.txt	/*'shortname'*
 'showbreak'	options.txt	/*'showbreak'*
 'showcmd'	options.txt	/*'showcmd'*
+'showcmdloc'	options.txt	/*'showcmdloc'*
 'showfulltag'	options.txt	/*'showfulltag'*
 'showmatch'	options.txt	/*'showmatch'*
 'showmode'	options.txt	/*'showmode'*
@@ -932,6 +945,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'siso'	options.txt	/*'siso'*
 'sj'	options.txt	/*'sj'*
 'slm'	options.txt	/*'slm'*
+'sloc'	options.txt	/*'sloc'*
 'slow'	vi_diff.txt	/*'slow'*
 'slowopen'	vi_diff.txt	/*'slowopen'*
 'sm'	options.txt	/*'sm'*
@@ -1055,6 +1069,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 't_RC'	term.txt	/*'t_RC'*
 't_RF'	term.txt	/*'t_RF'*
 't_RI'	term.txt	/*'t_RI'*
+'t_RK'	term.txt	/*'t_RK'*
 't_RS'	term.txt	/*'t_RS'*
 't_RT'	term.txt	/*'t_RT'*
 't_RV'	term.txt	/*'t_RV'*
@@ -1075,6 +1090,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 't_VS'	term.txt	/*'t_VS'*
 't_WP'	term.txt	/*'t_WP'*
 't_WS'	term.txt	/*'t_WS'*
+'t_XM'	term.txt	/*'t_XM'*
 't_ZH'	term.txt	/*'t_ZH'*
 't_ZR'	term.txt	/*'t_ZR'*
 't_al'	term.txt	/*'t_al'*
@@ -2158,7 +2174,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :abclear	map.txt	/*:abclear*
 :abo	windows.txt	/*:abo*
 :aboveleft	windows.txt	/*:aboveleft*
-:abstract	vim9.txt	/*:abstract*
+:abstract	vim9class.txt	/*:abstract*
 :addd	quickfix.txt	/*:addd*
 :al	windows.txt	/*:al*
 :all	windows.txt	/*:all*
@@ -2194,6 +2210,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :aun	gui.txt	/*:aun*
 :aunmenu	gui.txt	/*:aunmenu*
 :autocmd	autocmd.txt	/*:autocmd*
+:autocmd-block	autocmd.txt	/*:autocmd-block*
 :autocmd-verbose	autocmd.txt	/*:autocmd-verbose*
 :b	windows.txt	/*:b*
 :bN	windows.txt	/*:bN*
@@ -2318,7 +2335,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :chistory	quickfix.txt	/*:chistory*
 :cl	quickfix.txt	/*:cl*
 :cla	quickfix.txt	/*:cla*
-:class	vim9.txt	/*:class*
+:class	vim9class.txt	/*:class*
 :clast	quickfix.txt	/*:clast*
 :cle	motion.txt	/*:cle*
 :clearjumps	motion.txt	/*:clearjumps*
@@ -2442,6 +2459,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :diffupdate	diff.txt	/*:diffupdate*
 :dig	digraph.txt	/*:dig*
 :digraphs	digraph.txt	/*:digraphs*
+:dis	change.txt	/*:dis*
 :disa	vim9.txt	/*:disa*
 :disassemble	vim9.txt	/*:disassemble*
 :display	change.txt	/*:display*
@@ -2495,15 +2513,15 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :emenu	gui.txt	/*:emenu*
 :en	eval.txt	/*:en*
 :end	eval.txt	/*:end*
-:endclass	vim9.txt	/*:endclass*
+:endclass	vim9class.txt	/*:endclass*
 :enddef	vim9.txt	/*:enddef*
-:endenum	vim9.txt	/*:endenum*
+:endenum	vim9class.txt	/*:endenum*
 :endf	userfunc.txt	/*:endf*
 :endfo	eval.txt	/*:endfo*
 :endfor	eval.txt	/*:endfor*
 :endfunction	userfunc.txt	/*:endfunction*
 :endif	eval.txt	/*:endif*
-:endinterface	vim9.txt	/*:endinterface*
+:endinterface	vim9class.txt	/*:endinterface*
 :endt	eval.txt	/*:endt*
 :endtry	eval.txt	/*:endtry*
 :endw	eval.txt	/*:endw*
@@ -2512,7 +2530,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :ene!	editing.txt	/*:ene!*
 :enew	editing.txt	/*:enew*
 :enew!	editing.txt	/*:enew!*
-:enum	vim9.txt	/*:enum*
+:enum	vim9class.txt	/*:enum*
 :eval	eval.txt	/*:eval*
 :ex	editing.txt	/*:ex*
 :exe	eval.txt	/*:exe*
@@ -2642,7 +2660,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :inoreme	gui.txt	/*:inoreme*
 :inoremenu	gui.txt	/*:inoremenu*
 :insert	insert.txt	/*:insert*
-:interface	vim9.txt	/*:interface*
+:interface	vim9class.txt	/*:interface*
 :intro	starting.txt	/*:intro*
 :is	tagsrch.txt	/*:is*
 :isearch	tagsrch.txt	/*:isearch*
@@ -2831,6 +2849,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :map-commands	map.txt	/*:map-commands*
 :map-expression	map.txt	/*:map-expression*
 :map-local	map.txt	/*:map-local*
+:map-meta-keys	map.txt	/*:map-meta-keys*
 :map-modes	map.txt	/*:map-modes*
 :map-nowait	map.txt	/*:map-nowait*
 :map-operator	map.txt	/*:map-operator*
@@ -3010,6 +3029,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :pts	tagsrch.txt	/*:pts*
 :ptselect	tagsrch.txt	/*:ptselect*
 :pu	change.txt	/*:pu*
+:public	vim9class.txt	/*:public*
 :put	change.txt	/*:put*
 :pw	editing.txt	/*:pw*
 :pwd	editing.txt	/*:pwd*
@@ -3038,6 +3058,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :r!	insert.txt	/*:r!*
 :range	cmdline.txt	/*:range*
 :range!	change.txt	/*:range!*
+:range-closed-fold	cmdline.txt	/*:range-closed-fold*
+:range-offset	cmdline.txt	/*:range-offset*
+:range-pattern	cmdline.txt	/*:range-pattern*
 :re	insert.txt	/*:re*
 :read	insert.txt	/*:read*
 :read!	insert.txt	/*:read!*
@@ -3276,7 +3299,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :startgreplace	insert.txt	/*:startgreplace*
 :startinsert	insert.txt	/*:startinsert*
 :startreplace	insert.txt	/*:startreplace*
-:static	vim9.txt	/*:static*
+:static	vim9class.txt	/*:static*
 :stj	tagsrch.txt	/*:stj*
 :stjump	tagsrch.txt	/*:stjump*
 :stop	starting.txt	/*:stop*
@@ -3454,7 +3477,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :tunma	map.txt	/*:tunma*
 :tunmap	map.txt	/*:tunmap*
 :tunmenu	gui.txt	/*:tunmenu*
-:type	vim9.txt	/*:type*
+:type	vim9class.txt	/*:type*
 :u	undo.txt	/*:u*
 :un	undo.txt	/*:un*
 :una	map.txt	/*:una*
@@ -3978,6 +4001,7 @@ CTRL-{char}	intro.txt	/*CTRL-{char}*
 Channel	eval.txt	/*Channel*
 Channels	eval.txt	/*Channels*
 Chinese	mbyte.txt	/*Chinese*
+Class	vim9class.txt	/*Class*
 Cmd-event	autocmd.txt	/*Cmd-event*
 CmdUndefined	autocmd.txt	/*CmdUndefined*
 Cmdline	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline*
@@ -4350,12 +4374,67 @@ E1304	vim9.txt	/*E1304*
 E1305	textprop.txt	/*E1305*
 E1306	vim9.txt	/*E1306*
 E1307	vim9.txt	/*E1307*
+E1308	builtin.txt	/*E1308*
+E1309	map.txt	/*E1309*
 E131	userfunc.txt	/*E131*
+E1310	gui.txt	/*E1310*
+E1311	map.txt	/*E1311*
+E1312	windows.txt	/*E1312*
+E1313	eval.txt	/*E1313*
+E1314	vim9class.txt	/*E1314*
+E1315	vim9class.txt	/*E1315*
+E1316	vim9class.txt	/*E1316*
+E1317	vim9class.txt	/*E1317*
+E1318	vim9class.txt	/*E1318*
+E1319	eval.txt	/*E1319*
 E132	userfunc.txt	/*E132*
+E1320	eval.txt	/*E1320*
+E1321	eval.txt	/*E1321*
+E1322	eval.txt	/*E1322*
+E1323	eval.txt	/*E1323*
+E1324	eval.txt	/*E1324*
+E1325	vim9class.txt	/*E1325*
+E1326	vim9class.txt	/*E1326*
+E1327	vim9class.txt	/*E1327*
+E1328	vim9class.txt	/*E1328*
+E1329	vim9class.txt	/*E1329*
 E133	userfunc.txt	/*E133*
+E1330	vim9class.txt	/*E1330*
+E1331	vim9class.txt	/*E1331*
+E1332	vim9class.txt	/*E1332*
+E1333	vim9class.txt	/*E1333*
+E1334	vim9class.txt	/*E1334*
+E1335	vim9class.txt	/*E1335*
+E1336	options.txt	/*E1336*
+E1337	vim9class.txt	/*E1337*
+E1338	vim9class.txt	/*E1338*
+E1339	textprop.txt	/*E1339*
 E134	change.txt	/*E134*
+E1340	vim9class.txt	/*E1340*
+E1341	vim9class.txt	/*E1341*
+E1342	vim9class.txt	/*E1342*
+E1343	vim9class.txt	/*E1343*
+E1344	vim9class.txt	/*E1344*
+E1345	vim9class.txt	/*E1345*
+E1346	vim9class.txt	/*E1346*
+E1347	vim9class.txt	/*E1347*
+E1348	vim9class.txt	/*E1348*
+E1349	vim9class.txt	/*E1349*
 E135	autocmd.txt	/*E135*
+E1350	vim9class.txt	/*E1350*
+E1351	vim9class.txt	/*E1351*
+E1352	vim9class.txt	/*E1352*
+E1353	vim9class.txt	/*E1353*
+E1354	vim9class.txt	/*E1354*
+E1355	vim9class.txt	/*E1355*
+E1356	vim9class.txt	/*E1356*
+E1357	vim9class.txt	/*E1357*
+E1358	vim9class.txt	/*E1358*
+E1359	vim9class.txt	/*E1359*
 E136	starting.txt	/*E136*
+E1360	vim9class.txt	/*E1360*
+E1361	syntax.txt	/*E1361*
+E1362	vim9class.txt	/*E1362*
 E137	starting.txt	/*E137*
 E138	starting.txt	/*E138*
 E139	message.txt	/*E139*
@@ -5410,6 +5489,7 @@ OS390-bugs	os_390.txt	/*OS390-bugs*
 OS390-has-ebcdic	os_390.txt	/*OS390-has-ebcdic*
 OS390-limitations	os_390.txt	/*OS390-limitations*
 OS390-open-source	os_390.txt	/*OS390-open-source*
+Object	vim9class.txt	/*Object*
 OffTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OffTheSpot*
 OnTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OnTheSpot*
 Operator-pending	intro.txt	/*Operator-pending*
@@ -5569,7 +5649,15 @@ VMS	os_vms.txt	/*VMS*
 Vi	intro.txt	/*Vi*
 View	starting.txt	/*View*
 Vim9	vim9.txt	/*Vim9*
+Vim9-abstract-class	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-abstract-class*
+Vim9-class	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-class*
+Vim9-class-member	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-class-member*
+Vim9-class-overview	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-class-overview*
+Vim9-enum	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-enum*
 Vim9-script	vim9.txt	/*Vim9-script*
+Vim9-simple-class	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-simple-class*
+Vim9-type	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-type*
+Vim9-using-interface	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-using-interface*
 VimEnter	autocmd.txt	/*VimEnter*
 VimLeave	autocmd.txt	/*VimLeave*
 VimLeavePre	autocmd.txt	/*VimLeavePre*
@@ -5603,7 +5691,10 @@ WinClosed	autocmd.txt	/*WinClosed*
 WinEnter	autocmd.txt	/*WinEnter*
 WinLeave	autocmd.txt	/*WinLeave*
 WinNew	autocmd.txt	/*WinNew*
+WinResized	autocmd.txt	/*WinResized*
+WinResized-event	windows.txt	/*WinResized-event*
 WinScrolled	autocmd.txt	/*WinScrolled*
+WinScrolled-event	windows.txt	/*WinScrolled-event*
 X	change.txt	/*X*
 X11	options.txt	/*X11*
 X11-icon	gui_x11.txt	/*X11-icon*
@@ -6237,6 +6328,8 @@ cino-w	indent.txt	/*cino-w*
 cino-{	indent.txt	/*cino-{*
 cino-}	indent.txt	/*cino-}*
 cinoptions-values	indent.txt	/*cinoptions-values*
+class	vim9class.txt	/*class*
+class-function	vim9class.txt	/*class-function*
 clear-undo	undo.txt	/*clear-undo*
 clearmatches()	builtin.txt	/*clearmatches()*
 client-server	remote.txt	/*client-server*
@@ -6293,6 +6386,7 @@ compile-changes-8	version8.txt	/*compile-changes-8*
 compile-changes-9	version9.txt	/*compile-changes-9*
 compiler-compaqada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-compaqada*
 compiler-decada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-decada*
+compiler-dotnet	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-dotnet*
 compiler-gcc	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-gcc*
 compiler-gnat	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-gnat*
 compiler-hpada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-hpada*
@@ -6651,6 +6745,7 @@ end	intro.txt	/*end*
 end-of-file	pattern.txt	/*end-of-file*
 enlightened-terminal	syntax.txt	/*enlightened-terminal*
 environ()	builtin.txt	/*environ()*
+eol-and-eof	editing.txt	/*eol-and-eof*
 erlang.vim	syntax.txt	/*erlang.vim*
 err_buf	channel.txt	/*err_buf*
 err_cb	channel.txt	/*err_cb*
@@ -6680,6 +6775,8 @@ escape()	builtin.txt	/*escape()*
 escape-bar	version4.txt	/*escape-bar*
 euphoria3.vim	syntax.txt	/*euphoria3.vim*
 euphoria4.vim	syntax.txt	/*euphoria4.vim*
+euro	digraph.txt	/*euro*
+euro-digraph	digraph.txt	/*euro-digraph*
 eval	eval.txt	/*eval*
 eval()	builtin.txt	/*eval()*
 eval-examples	eval.txt	/*eval-examples*
@@ -6807,6 +6904,7 @@ expression-syntax	eval.txt	/*expression-syntax*
 exrc	starting.txt	/*exrc*
 extend()	builtin.txt	/*extend()*
 extendnew()	builtin.txt	/*extendnew()*
+extends	vim9class.txt	/*extends*
 extension-removal	cmdline.txt	/*extension-removal*
 extensions-improvements	todo.txt	/*extensions-improvements*
 f	motion.txt	/*f*
@@ -6948,6 +7046,7 @@ form.vim	syntax.txt	/*form.vim*
 format-bullet-list	tips.txt	/*format-bullet-list*
 format-comments	change.txt	/*format-comments*
 format-formatexpr	change.txt	/*format-formatexpr*
+formatOtherKeys	map.txt	/*formatOtherKeys*
 formatting	change.txt	/*formatting*
 forth.vim	syntax.txt	/*forth.vim*
 fortran.vim	syntax.txt	/*fortran.vim*
@@ -7250,8 +7349,11 @@ g:html_id_expr	syntax.txt	/*g:html_id_expr*
 g:html_ignore_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_conceal*
 g:html_ignore_folding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_folding*
 g:html_line_ids	syntax.txt	/*g:html_line_ids*
+g:html_no_doc	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_doc*
 g:html_no_foldcolumn	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_foldcolumn*
 g:html_no_invalid	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_invalid*
+g:html_no_links	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_links*
+g:html_no_modeline	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_modeline*
 g:html_no_pre	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_pre*
 g:html_no_progress	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_progress*
 g:html_number_lines	syntax.txt	/*g:html_number_lines*
@@ -7472,7 +7574,9 @@ get()	builtin.txt	/*get()*
 get-ms-debuggers	debug.txt	/*get-ms-debuggers*
 getbufinfo()	builtin.txt	/*getbufinfo()*
 getbufline()	builtin.txt	/*getbufline()*
+getbufoneline()	builtin.txt	/*getbufoneline()*
 getbufvar()	builtin.txt	/*getbufvar()*
+getcellwidths()	builtin.txt	/*getcellwidths()*
 getchangelist()	builtin.txt	/*getchangelist()*
 getchar()	builtin.txt	/*getchar()*
 getcharmod()	builtin.txt	/*getcharmod()*
@@ -7503,6 +7607,7 @@ getloclist()	builtin.txt	/*getloclist()*
 getmarklist()	builtin.txt	/*getmarklist()*
 getmatches()	builtin.txt	/*getmatches()*
 getmousepos()	builtin.txt	/*getmousepos()*
+getmouseshape()	builtin.txt	/*getmouseshape()*
 getpid()	builtin.txt	/*getpid()*
 getpos()	builtin.txt	/*getpos()*
 getqflist()	builtin.txt	/*getqflist()*
@@ -7795,6 +7900,8 @@ hl-TabLineFill	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLineFill*
 hl-TabLineSel	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLineSel*
 hl-Terminal	syntax.txt	/*hl-Terminal*
 hl-Title	syntax.txt	/*hl-Title*
+hl-ToolbarButton	gui.txt	/*hl-ToolbarButton*
+hl-ToolbarLine	gui.txt	/*hl-ToolbarLine*
 hl-Tooltip	syntax.txt	/*hl-Tooltip*
 hl-User1	syntax.txt	/*hl-User1*
 hl-User1..9	syntax.txt	/*hl-User1..9*
@@ -7806,6 +7913,7 @@ hl-WarningMsg	syntax.txt	/*hl-WarningMsg*
 hl-WildMenu	syntax.txt	/*hl-WildMenu*
 hl-debugBreakpoint	terminal.txt	/*hl-debugBreakpoint*
 hl-debugPC	terminal.txt	/*hl-debugPC*
+hl-lCursor	syntax.txt	/*hl-lCursor*
 hlID()	builtin.txt	/*hlID()*
 hlexists()	builtin.txt	/*hlexists()*
 hlget()	builtin.txt	/*hlget()*
@@ -7823,6 +7931,7 @@ howto.txt	howto.txt	/*howto.txt*
 hpterm	term.txt	/*hpterm*
 hpterm-color	syntax.txt	/*hpterm-color*
 html-flavor	insert.txt	/*html-flavor*
+html-folding	syntax.txt	/*html-folding*
 html-indent	indent.txt	/*html-indent*
 html-indenting	indent.txt	/*html-indenting*
 html.vim	syntax.txt	/*html.vim*
@@ -7974,6 +8083,7 @@ if_sniff.txt	if_sniff.txt	/*if_sniff.txt*
 if_tcl.txt	if_tcl.txt	/*if_tcl.txt*
 ignore-errors	eval.txt	/*ignore-errors*
 ignore-timestamp	editing.txt	/*ignore-timestamp*
+implements	vim9class.txt	/*implements*
 import-autoload	vim9.txt	/*import-autoload*
 import-legacy	vim9.txt	/*import-legacy*
 import-map	vim9.txt	/*import-map*
@@ -8049,7 +8159,7 @@ interfaces-5.2	version5.txt	/*interfaces-5.2*
 internal-variables	eval.txt	/*internal-variables*
 internal-wordlist	spell.txt	/*internal-wordlist*
 internet	intro.txt	/*internet*
-interp-string	eval.txt	/*interp-string*
+interpolated-string	eval.txt	/*interpolated-string*
 interrupt()	builtin.txt	/*interrupt()*
 intro	intro.txt	/*intro*
 intro.txt	intro.txt	/*intro.txt*
@@ -8141,6 +8251,8 @@ keypad-plus	intro.txt	/*keypad-plus*
 keypad-point	intro.txt	/*keypad-point*
 keys()	builtin.txt	/*keys()*
 keytrans()	builtin.txt	/*keytrans()*
+kitty-keyboard-protocol	map.txt	/*kitty-keyboard-protocol*
+kitty-terminal	term.txt	/*kitty-terminal*
 known-bugs	todo.txt	/*known-bugs*
 l	motion.txt	/*l*
 l:	eval.txt	/*l:*
@@ -8418,6 +8530,8 @@ motion-count-multiplied	motion.txt	/*motion-count-multiplied*
 motion.txt	motion.txt	/*motion.txt*
 mouse-mode-table	term.txt	/*mouse-mode-table*
 mouse-overview	term.txt	/*mouse-overview*
+mouse-reporting	term.txt	/*mouse-reporting*
+mouse-scrolling-off	scroll.txt	/*mouse-scrolling-off*
 mouse-swap-buttons	term.txt	/*mouse-swap-buttons*
 mouse-using	term.txt	/*mouse-using*
 mouse_col-variable	eval.txt	/*mouse_col-variable*
@@ -8835,6 +8949,14 @@ nr2char()	builtin.txt	/*nr2char()*
 nroff.vim	syntax.txt	/*nroff.vim*
 null	vim9.txt	/*null*
 null-variable	eval.txt	/*null-variable*
+null_blob	vim9.txt	/*null_blob*
+null_channel	vim9.txt	/*null_channel*
+null_dict	vim9.txt	/*null_dict*
+null_function	vim9.txt	/*null_function*
+null_job	vim9.txt	/*null_job*
+null_list	vim9.txt	/*null_list*
+null_partial	vim9.txt	/*null_partial*
+null_string	vim9.txt	/*null_string*
 number_relativenumber	options.txt	/*number_relativenumber*
 numbered-function	eval.txt	/*numbered-function*
 numbermax-variable	eval.txt	/*numbermax-variable*
@@ -8844,6 +8966,7 @@ o	insert.txt	/*o*
 o_CTRL-V	motion.txt	/*o_CTRL-V*
 o_V	motion.txt	/*o_V*
 o_v	motion.txt	/*o_v*
+object	vim9class.txt	/*object*
 object-motions	motion.txt	/*object-motions*
 object-select	motion.txt	/*object-select*
 objects	index.txt	/*objects*
@@ -9502,6 +9625,28 @@ shellescape()	builtin.txt	/*shellescape()*
 shift	intro.txt	/*shift*
 shift-left-right	change.txt	/*shift-left-right*
 shiftwidth()	builtin.txt	/*shiftwidth()*
+shm-A	options.txt	/*shm-A*
+shm-C	options.txt	/*shm-C*
+shm-F	options.txt	/*shm-F*
+shm-I	options.txt	/*shm-I*
+shm-O	options.txt	/*shm-O*
+shm-S	options.txt	/*shm-S*
+shm-T	options.txt	/*shm-T*
+shm-W	options.txt	/*shm-W*
+shm-a	options.txt	/*shm-a*
+shm-c	options.txt	/*shm-c*
+shm-f	options.txt	/*shm-f*
+shm-i	options.txt	/*shm-i*
+shm-l	options.txt	/*shm-l*
+shm-m	options.txt	/*shm-m*
+shm-n	options.txt	/*shm-n*
+shm-o	options.txt	/*shm-o*
+shm-q	options.txt	/*shm-q*
+shm-r	options.txt	/*shm-r*
+shm-s	options.txt	/*shm-s*
+shm-t	options.txt	/*shm-t*
+shm-w	options.txt	/*shm-w*
+shm-x	options.txt	/*shm-x*
 short-name-changed	version4.txt	/*short-name-changed*
 showing-menus	gui.txt	/*showing-menus*
 sign-column	sign.txt	/*sign-column*
@@ -9558,6 +9703,7 @@ spec_chglog_format	pi_spec.txt	/*spec_chglog_format*
 spec_chglog_prepend	pi_spec.txt	/*spec_chglog_prepend*
 spec_chglog_release_info	pi_spec.txt	/*spec_chglog_release_info*
 special-buffers	windows.txt	/*special-buffers*
+specifies	vim9class.txt	/*specifies*
 speed-up	tips.txt	/*speed-up*
 spell	spell.txt	/*spell*
 spell-ACCENT	spell.txt	/*spell-ACCENT*
@@ -9772,6 +9918,7 @@ swap-file	recover.txt	/*swap-file*
 swapchoice-variable	eval.txt	/*swapchoice-variable*
 swapcommand-variable	eval.txt	/*swapcommand-variable*
 swapfile-changed	version4.txt	/*swapfile-changed*
+swapfilelist()	builtin.txt	/*swapfilelist()*
 swapinfo()	builtin.txt	/*swapinfo()*
 swapname()	builtin.txt	/*swapname()*
 swapname-variable	eval.txt	/*swapname-variable*
@@ -9882,6 +10029,7 @@ t_RB	term.txt	/*t_RB*
 t_RC	term.txt	/*t_RC*
 t_RF	term.txt	/*t_RF*
 t_RI	term.txt	/*t_RI*
+t_RK	term.txt	/*t_RK*
 t_RS	term.txt	/*t_RS*
 t_RT	term.txt	/*t_RT*
 t_RV	term.txt	/*t_RV*
@@ -9902,6 +10050,7 @@ t_Us	term.txt	/*t_Us*
 t_VS	term.txt	/*t_VS*
 t_WP	term.txt	/*t_WP*
 t_WS	term.txt	/*t_WS*
+t_XM	term.txt	/*t_XM*
 t_ZH	term.txt	/*t_ZH*
 t_ZR	term.txt	/*t_ZR*
 t_al	term.txt	/*t_al*
@@ -9915,6 +10064,7 @@ t_channel-variable	eval.txt	/*t_channel-variable*
 t_ci	version4.txt	/*t_ci*
 t_cil	version4.txt	/*t_cil*
 t_cl	term.txt	/*t_cl*
+t_class-variable	eval.txt	/*t_class-variable*
 t_cm	term.txt	/*t_cm*
 t_cri	version4.txt	/*t_cri*
 t_cs	term.txt	/*t_cs*
@@ -9979,6 +10129,7 @@ t_ms	term.txt	/*t_ms*
 t_nd	term.txt	/*t_nd*
 t_none-variable	eval.txt	/*t_none-variable*
 t_number-variable	eval.txt	/*t_number-variable*
+t_object-variable	eval.txt	/*t_object-variable*
 t_op	term.txt	/*t_op*
 t_se	term.txt	/*t_se*
 t_sf1	version4.txt	/*t_sf1*
@@ -10169,6 +10320,7 @@ termdebug_popup	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_popup*
 termdebug_shortcuts	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_shortcuts*
 termdebug_use_prompt	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_use_prompt*
 termdebug_wide	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_wide*
+termdebug_winbar	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_winbar*
 terminal	terminal.txt	/*terminal*
 terminal-api	terminal.txt	/*terminal-api*
 terminal-autoshelldir	terminal.txt	/*terminal-autoshelldir*
@@ -10217,6 +10369,7 @@ test_garbagecollect_soon()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_soon()*
 test_getvalue()	testing.txt	/*test_getvalue()*
 test_gui_event()	testing.txt	/*test_gui_event()*
 test_ignore_error()	testing.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
+test_mswin_event()	testing.txt	/*test_mswin_event()*
 test_null_blob()	testing.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
 test_null_channel()	testing.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
 test_null_dict()	testing.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
@@ -10485,6 +10638,7 @@ v:t_TYPE	eval.txt	/*v:t_TYPE*
 v:t_blob	eval.txt	/*v:t_blob*
 v:t_bool	eval.txt	/*v:t_bool*
 v:t_channel	eval.txt	/*v:t_channel*
+v:t_class	eval.txt	/*v:t_class*
 v:t_dict	eval.txt	/*v:t_dict*
 v:t_float	eval.txt	/*v:t_float*
 v:t_func	eval.txt	/*v:t_func*
@@ -10492,6 +10646,7 @@ v:t_job	eval.txt	/*v:t_job*
 v:t_list	eval.txt	/*v:t_list*
 v:t_none	eval.txt	/*v:t_none*
 v:t_number	eval.txt	/*v:t_number*
+v:t_object	eval.txt	/*v:t_object*
 v:t_string	eval.txt	/*v:t_string*
 v:termblinkresp	eval.txt	/*v:termblinkresp*
 v:termrbgresp	eval.txt	/*v:termrbgresp*
@@ -10745,6 +10900,7 @@ vim9-unpack-ignore	vim9.txt	/*vim9-unpack-ignore*
 vim9-user-command	vim9.txt	/*vim9-user-command*
 vim9-variable-arguments	vim9.txt	/*vim9-variable-arguments*
 vim9.txt	vim9.txt	/*vim9.txt*
+vim9class.txt	vim9class.txt	/*vim9class.txt*
 vim9script	vim9.txt	/*vim9script*
 vim:	options.txt	/*vim:*
 vim_announce	intro.txt	/*vim_announce*
@@ -10836,11 +10992,14 @@ w:quickfix_title	quickfix.txt	/*w:quickfix_title*
 w:var	eval.txt	/*w:var*
 waittime	channel.txt	/*waittime*
 warningmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*warningmsg-variable*
+wdl-syntax	syntax.txt	/*wdl-syntax*
+wdl.vim	syntax.txt	/*wdl.vim*
 white-space	pattern.txt	/*white-space*
 whitespace	pattern.txt	/*whitespace*
 wildcard	editing.txt	/*wildcard*
 wildcards	editing.txt	/*wildcards*
 wildmenumode()	builtin.txt	/*wildmenumode()*
+win-scrolled-resized	windows.txt	/*win-scrolled-resized*
 win16	os_win32.txt	/*win16*
 win32	os_win32.txt	/*win32*
 win32-!start	gui_w32.txt	/*win32-!start*
@@ -10969,6 +11128,7 @@ xterm-cursor-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-cursor-keys*
 xterm-end-home-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-end-home-keys*
 xterm-focus-event	term.txt	/*xterm-focus-event*
 xterm-function-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-function-keys*
+xterm-kitty	term.txt	/*xterm-kitty*
 xterm-modifier-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-modifier-keys*
 xterm-mouse	options.txt	/*xterm-mouse*
 xterm-mouse-wheel	scroll.txt	/*xterm-mouse-wheel*
@@ -10977,6 +11137,7 @@ xterm-save-screen	tips.txt	/*xterm-save-screen*
 xterm-screens	tips.txt	/*xterm-screens*
 xterm-scroll-region	term.txt	/*xterm-scroll-region*
 xterm-shifted-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-shifted-keys*
+xterm-terminfo-entries	term.txt	/*xterm-terminfo-entries*
 xterm-true-color	term.txt	/*xterm-true-color*
 y	change.txt	/*y*
 yaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*yaml.vim*
@@ -11073,6 +11234,8 @@ zz	scroll.txt	/*zz*
 {rhs}	map.txt	/*{rhs}*
 {server}	remote.txt	/*{server}*
 {subject}	helphelp.txt	/*{subject}*
+{{{	fold.txt	/*{{{*
 {}	intro.txt	/*{}*
 }	motion.txt	/*}*
+}}}	fold.txt	/*}}}*
 ~	change.txt	/*~*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2020 Dec 19
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ The ignore-case matches are found when:
 - when 'tagcase' is "followscs" and 'ignorecase' is on or the 'smartcase'
   option is on and the pattern does not contain an upper case character
 - when 'tagcase' is "ignore"
-- when 'tagcase' is "smart" and the patter does not contain an upper case
+- when 'tagcase' is "smart" and the pattern does not contain an upper case
   character
 
 Note that using ignore-case tag searching disables binary searching in the

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 23
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -88,7 +88,13 @@ Output resumes when you hit <BS>.
 
 Note: When 't_ti' is not empty, Vim assumes that it causes switching to the
 alternate screen.  This may slightly change what happens when executing a
-shell command or exiting Vim.  To avoid this use 't_TI' and 't_TE'.
+shell command or exiting Vim.  To avoid this use 't_TI' and 't_TE' (but make
+sure to add to them, not overwrite).
+
+Vim will try to detect what keyboard protocol the terminal is using with the
+'t_RK' termcap entry.  This is sent after 't_TI', but only when there is no
+work to do (no typeahead and no pending commands).  That is to avoid the
+response to end up in a shell command or arrive after Vim exits.
 
 						*xterm-bracketed-paste*
 When the 't_BE' option is set then 't_BE' will be sent to the
@@ -112,6 +118,10 @@ have a problem with this, disable bracketed paste by putting this in your
 If this is done while Vim is running the 't_BD' will be sent to the terminal
 to disable bracketed paste.
 
+If |t_PS| or |t_PE| is not set, then |t_BE| will not be used.  This is to make
+sure that bracketed paste is not enabled when the escape codes surrounding
+pasted text cannot be recognized.
+
 If your terminal supports bracketed paste, but the options are not set
 automatically, you can try using something like this: >
 
@@ -121,7 +131,11 @@ automatically, you can try using something like this: >
 	  exec "set t_PS=\e[200~"
 	  exec "set t_PE=\e[201~"
 	endif
-<
+
+The terminfo entries "BE", "BD", "PS" and "PE" were added in ncurses version
+6.4, early 2023, for some terminals.  If you have this version then you may
+not have to manually configure your terminal.
+
 							*tmux-integration*
 If you experience issues when running Vim inside tmux, here are a few hints.
 You can comment-out parts if something doesn't work (it may depend on the
@@ -289,6 +303,58 @@ When Vim receives a response to the |t_RV| (request version) sequence and it
 starts with CSI, it assumes that the terminal is in 8-bit mode and will
 convert all key sequences to their 8-bit variants.
 
+						*xterm-terminfo-entries*
+For some time the terminfo entries were insufficient to describe all the
+features tht Vim can use.  The builtin xterm termcap entries did have these,
+with the result that several terminals that were similar enough to xterm took
+advantage of these by prefixing "xterm-" to the terminal name in $TERM.
+
+This leads to problems, because quite often these terminals are not 100%
+compatible with xterm.  At the start of 2023 several entries have been added
+to the terminfo database to make it possible to use these features without
+using the "xterm" workaround.  These are the relevant entries (so far):
+
+	name	xterm value	description ~
+	RV	"\033[>c"	Request version |t_RV|
+
+	BE	"\033[?2004h"	enable bracketed paste mode |t_BE|
+	BD	"\033[?2004l"	disable bracketed paste mode |t_BD|
+	PS	"\033[200~"	pasted text start |t_PS|
+	PE	"\033[201~"	pasted text end |t_PE|
+
+	XM	"\033[?1006;1004;1000%?%p1%{1}%=%th%el%;"
+				mouse enable / disable |t_XM|
+
+The "XM" entry includes "1006" to enable SGR style mouse reporting.  This
+supports columns above 223.  It also includes "1004" which enables focus
+reporting.  The t_fe and t_fd entries can be left empty (they don't have
+entries in terminfo/termcap anyway).
+
+						*xterm-kitty* *kitty-terminal*
+The Kitty terminal is a special case.  Mainly because it works differently
+from most other terminals, but also because, instead of trying the fit in and
+make it behave like other terminals by default, it dictates how applications
+need to work when using Kitty.  This makes it very difficult for Vim to work
+in a Kitty terminal.  Some exceptions have been hard coded, but it is not at
+all nice to have to make exceptions for one specific terminal.
+
+One of the problems is that the value for $TERM is set to "xterm-kitty".  For
+Vim this is an indication that the terminal is xterm-compatible and the
+builtin xterm termcap entries should be used.  Many other terminals depend on
+this.  However, Kitty is not fully xterm compatible.  The author suggested to
+ignore the "xterm-" prefix and use the terminfo entry anyway, so that is what
+happens now, the builtin xterm termcap entries are not used.  However, the
+t_RV is set, otherwise other things would not work, such as automatically
+setting 'ttymouse' to "sgr" (at least until |t_XM| is being used for this).
+
+It is not clear why kitty sets $TERM to "xterm-kitty", the terminal isn't
+really xterm compatible.  "kitty" would be more appropriate, but a terminfo
+entry with that name is not widespread.
+
+Note that using the kitty keyboard protocol is a separate feature, see
+|kitty-keyboard-protocol|.
+
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Terminal options		*terminal-options* *termcap-options* *E436*
 
@@ -388,6 +454,10 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		xterm and other terminal emulators)  The
 		response is stored in |v:termresponse| |xterm-8bit|
 		|'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+	t_XM	enable/disable mouse reporting,			*t_XM* *'t_XM'*
+		see |mouse-reporting| below
+	t_RK	request terminal keyboard protocol state;	*t_RK* *'t_RK'*
+		sent after |t_TI|
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
 		see |'ambiwidth'|
 		The response is stored in |v:termu7resp|
@@ -416,10 +486,10 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_Si	save icon text to stack				*t_Si* *'t_Si'*
 	t_Ri	restore icon text from stack			*t_Ri* *'t_Ri'*
 	t_TE	end of "raw" mode				*t_TE* *'t_TE'*
-	t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode 			*t_TI* *'t_TI'*
-	t_fe	enable focus-event tracking 			*t_fe* *'t_fe'*
+	t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode			*t_TI* *'t_TI'*
+	t_fe	enable focus-event tracking			*t_fe* *'t_fe'*
 		|xterm-focus-event|
-	t_fd	disable focus-event tracking 			*t_fd* *'t_fd'*
+	t_fd	disable focus-event tracking			*t_fd* *'t_fd'*
 		|xterm-focus-event|
 
 Some codes have a start, middle and end part.  The start and end are defined
@@ -429,8 +499,8 @@ by the termcap option, the middle part is text.
 	set cursor color:   t_SC  {color name}  t_EC
 
 t_SH must take one argument:
-	0, 1 or none  	blinking block cursor
-	2	      	block cursor
+	0, 1 or none	blinking block cursor
+	2		block cursor
 	3		blinking underline cursor
 	4		underline cursor
 	5		blinking vertical bar cursor
@@ -439,6 +509,21 @@ t_SH must take one argument:
 t_RS is sent only if the response to t_RV has been received.  It is not used
 on Mac OS when Terminal.app could be recognized from the termresponse.
 
+							*mouse-reporting*
+Many terminals can report mouse clicks and some can report mouse movement and
+dragging.  Vim needs to know what codes are being used for this.
+
+The "XM" terminfo/termcap entry is used for this.  Vim also has the 'ttymouse'
+option to specify the mouse protocol being used.  See the option for the
+possible values.
+
+If Vim can read the "XM" terminfo/termcap entry then it will be used for
+enabling and disabling the mouse reporting.  If it is missing, then the value
+from 'ttymouse' is used to decide how to do this.
+
+If the "XM" entry exists and the first number is "1006" then 'ttymouse' will
+be set to "sgr", unless it was already set earlier.
+
 
 KEY CODES						*terminal-key-codes*
 Note: Use the <> form if possible
@@ -499,6 +584,7 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_%1	<Help>		help key			*t_%1* *'t_%1'*
 	t_&8	<Undo>		undo key			*t_&8* *'t_&8'*
 	t_kI	<Insert>	insert key			*t_kI* *'t_kI'*
+		<kInsert>	keypad insert key
 	t_kD	<Del>		delete key			*t_kD* *'t_kD'*
 	t_kb	<BS>		backspace key			*t_kb* *'t_kb'*
 	t_kB	<S-Tab>		back-tab (shift-tab)  *<S-Tab>*	*t_kB* *'t_kB'*
@@ -531,9 +617,13 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_KK	<k8>		keypad 8		 *<k8>*	*t_KK* *'t_KK'*
 	t_KL	<k9>		keypad 9		 *<k9>*	*t_KL* *'t_KL'*
 		<Mouse>		leader of mouse code		*<Mouse>*
-								*t_PS* *'t_PS'*
-	t_PS	start of bracketed paste |xterm-bracketed-paste|
-	t_PE	end of bracketed paste |xterm-bracketed-paste|  *t_PE* *'t_PE'*
+
+	t_PS	<PasteStart>	start of bracketed paste	*t_PS* *'t_PS'*
+				|xterm-bracketed-paste|
+	t_PE	<PasteEnd>	end of bracketed paste		*t_PE* *'t_PE'*
+				|xterm-bracketed-paste|
+		<FocusGained>	Vim window got focus (internal only)
+		<FocusLost>	Vim window lost focus (internal only)
 
 Note about t_so and t_mr: When the termcap entry "so" is not present the
 entry for "mr" is used.  And vice versa.  The same is done for "se" and "me".
@@ -569,15 +659,18 @@ anymore.
 Vim supports using true colors in the terminal (taken from |highlight-guifg|
 and |highlight-guibg|), given that the terminal supports this. To make this
 work the 'termguicolors' option needs to be set.
-See https://gist.github.com/XVilka/8346728 for a list of terminals that
+See https://github.com/termstandard/colors for a list of terminals that
 support true colors.
 
-Sometimes setting 'termguicolors' is not enough and one has to set the |t_8f|
-and |t_8b| options explicitly. Default values of these options are
-"^[[38;2;%lu;%lu;%lum" and "^[[48;2;%lu;%lu;%lum" respectively, but it is only
-set when `$TERM` is `xterm`. Some terminals accept the same sequences, but
-with all semicolons replaced by colons (this is actually more compatible, but
-less widely supported): >
+For telling the terminal what RGB color to use the |t_8f| and |t_8b| termcap
+entries are used.  These are set by default to values that work for most
+terminals.  If that does not work for your terminal you can set them manually.
+The default values are set like this: >
+	 let &t_8f = "\<Esc>[38;2;%lu;%lu;%lum"
+	 let &t_8b = "\<Esc>[48;2;%lu;%lu;%lum"
+
+Some terminals accept the same sequences, but with all semicolons replaced by
+colons (this is actually more compatible, but less widely supported): >
 	 let &t_8f = "\<Esc>[38:2:%lu:%lu:%lum"
 	 let &t_8b = "\<Esc>[48:2:%lu:%lu:%lum"
 
@@ -595,7 +688,7 @@ is actually the case.
 To overrule the default, put this line in your ~/.Xdefaults or
 ~/.Xresources:
 >
-	XTerm*allowWindowOps: 		true
+	XTerm*allowWindowOps:		true
 
 And run "xrdb -merge .Xresources" to make it effective.  You can check the
 value with the context menu (right mouse button while CTRL key is pressed),
@@ -768,8 +861,9 @@ See the "Options" chapter |options|.
 
 If your terminal does not support a scrolling region, but it does support
 insert/delete line commands, scrolling with multiple windows may make the
-lines jump up and down.  If you don't want this set the 'ttyfast' option.
-This will redraw the window instead of scroll it.
+lines jump up and down.  This would happen if the 'ttyfast' option has been
+reset.  Check that with: >
+	verbose set ttyfast?
 
 If your terminal scrolls very slowly, but redrawing is not slow, set the
 'ttyscroll' option to a small number, e.g., 3.  This will make Vim redraw the
@@ -1005,6 +1099,8 @@ and then drag) will result in whole words to be selected.  This continues
 until the button is released, at which point the selection is per character
 again.
 
+For scrolling with the mouse see |scroll-mouse-wheel|.
+
 							*gpm-mouse*
 The GPM mouse is only supported when the |+mouse_gpm| feature was enabled at
 compile time.  The GPM mouse driver (Linux console) does not support quadruple

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 10
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ If the result is "1" you have it.
       Using the client-server feature		|terminal-client-server|
 4. Remote testing			|terminal-testing|
 5. Diffing screen dumps			|terminal-diff|
-      Writing a screen dump test for Vim  	|terminal-dumptest|
-      Creating a screen dump		  	|terminal-screendump|
-      Comparing screen dumps		  	|terminal-diffscreendump|
+      Writing a screen dump test for Vim	|terminal-dumptest|
+      Creating a screen dump			|terminal-screendump|
+      Comparing screen dumps			|terminal-diffscreendump|
 6. Debugging				|terminal-debug|
       Starting					|termdebug-starting|
       Example session				|termdebug-example|
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Command syntax ~
 					in a session file.
 			++shell		Instead of executing {command}
 					directly, use a shell, like with
-					`:!command` 		*E279*
+					`:!command`		*E279*
 					{only works on Unix and MS-Windows}
 			++kill={how}	When trying to close the terminal
 					window kill the job with {how}.  See
@@ -469,7 +469,6 @@ ConPTY problems have been fixed "winpty" will be preferred.
 Environment variables are used to pass information to the running job:
     VIM_SERVERNAME	v:servername
 
-
 ==============================================================================
 2. Terminal functions				 *terminal-function-details*
 
@@ -1129,7 +1128,6 @@ reference: >
 
 Creating a screen dump ~
 							*terminal-screendump*
-
 To create the screen dump, run Vim (or any other program) in a terminal and
 make it show the desired state.  Then use the |term_dumpwrite()| function to
 create a screen dump file.  For example: >
@@ -1153,7 +1151,6 @@ If there are differences then v:errors will contain the error message.
 
 Comparing screen dumps ~
 						*terminal-diffscreendump*
-
 |assert_equalfile()| does not make it easy to see what is different.
 To spot the problem use |term_dumpdiff()|: >
 	call term_dumpdiff("mysyntax.dump", "test.dump")
@@ -1350,6 +1347,7 @@ If 'mouse' is set the plugin adds a window toolbar with these entries:
   Eval		`:Evaluate`
 This way you can use the mouse to perform the most common commands.  You need
 to have the 'mouse' option set to enable mouse clicks.
+See |termdebug_winbar| for configuring this toolbar.
 								*:Winbar*
 You can add the window toolbar in other windows you open with: >
   :Winbar
@@ -1415,6 +1413,20 @@ TermdebugStopPost		After debugging has ended, gdb-related windows
 				the state before the debugging was restored.
 
 
+Customizing ~
+				*termdebug-customizing* *g:termdebug_config*
+In the past several global variables were used for configuration.  These are
+deprecated and using the g:termdebug_config dictionary is preferred.  When
+g:termdebug_config exists the other global variables will NOT be used.
+The recommended way is to start with an empty dictionary: >
+	let g:termdebug_config = {}
+
+Then you can add entries to the dictionary as mentioned below.  The
+deprecated global variable names are mentioned for completeness.  If you are
+switching over to using g:termdebug_config you can find the old variable name
+and take over the value, then delete the deprecated variable.
+
+
 Prompt mode ~
 						*termdebug-prompt*
 When the |+terminal| feature is not supported and on MS-Windows, gdb will run
@@ -1430,13 +1442,13 @@ in a buffer with 'buftype' set to "prompt".  This works slightly differently:
 						*termdebug_use_prompt*
 Prompt mode can be used even when the |+terminal| feature is present with: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['use_prompt'] = 1
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_use_prompt = 1
 <
 						*termdebug_map_K*
 The K key is normally mapped to :Evaluate. If you do not want this use: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['map_K'] = 0
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_map_K = 0
 <
 						*termdebug_disasm_window*
@@ -1444,7 +1456,7 @@ If you want the Asm window shown by default, set the flag to 1.
 the "disasm_window_height" entry can be used to set the window height: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['disasm_window'] = 1
 	let g:termdebug_config['disasm_window_height'] = 15
-or, if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_disasm_window = 15
 Any value greater than 1 will set the Asm window height to that value.
 
@@ -1462,25 +1474,18 @@ interrupt the running program.  But after using the MI command
 communication channel.
 
 
-Customizing ~
-				*termdebug-customizing* *g:termdebug_config*
-In the past several global variables were used for configuration.  These are
-deprecated, using the g:termdebug_config dictionary is preferred.  When
-g:termdebug_config exists the other global variables will not be used.
-
-
 GDB command ~
 							*g:termdebugger*
 To change the name of the gdb command, set "debugger" entry in
 g:termdebug_config or the "g:termdebugger" variable before invoking
 `:Termdebug`: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['command'] = "mygdb"
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebugger = "mygdb"
 
 If the command needs an argument use a List: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['command'] = ['rr', 'replay', '--']
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebugger = ['rr', 'replay', '--']
 
 Several arguments will be added to make gdb work well for the debugger.
@@ -1501,7 +1506,7 @@ Then your gdb is too old.
 
 
 Colors ~
-						*hl-debugPC* *hl-debugBreakpoint*
+					*hl-debugPC* *hl-debugBreakpoint*
 The color of the signs can be adjusted with these highlight groups:
 - debugPC		the current position
 - debugBreakpoint	a breakpoint
@@ -1517,7 +1522,6 @@ When 'background' is "dark":
 
 Shortcuts ~
 							*termdebug_shortcuts*
-
 You can define your own shortcuts (mappings) to control gdb, that can work in
 any window, using the TermDebugSendCommand() function.  Example: >
 	map ,w :call TermDebugSendCommand('where')<CR>
@@ -1526,7 +1530,6 @@ The argument is the gdb command.
 
 Popup menu ~
 							*termdebug_popup*
-
 By default the Termdebug plugin sets 'mousemodel' to "popup_setpos" and adds
 these entries to the popup menu:
 	Set breakpoint		`:Break`
@@ -1534,17 +1537,23 @@ these entries to the popup menu:
 	Evaluate		`:Evaluate`
 If you don't want this then disable it with: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['popup'] = 0
-or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_popup = 0
 
 
+Window toolbar ~
+							*termdebug_winbar*
+By default the Termdebug plugin creates a window toolbar if the mouse is
+enabled (see |:Winbar|).  If you don't want this then disable it with: >
+	let g:termdebug_config['winbar'] = 0
+
+
 Vim window width ~
 							*termdebug_wide*
-
 To change the width of the Vim window when debugging starts and use a vertical
 split: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['wide'] = 163
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_wide = 163
 
 This will set 'columns' to 163 when `:Termdebug` is used.  The value is

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 16
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		    "findrepl"  search and replace text.
 		    "mouse"	mouse button click event.
 		    "scrollbar" move or drag the scrollbar.
-		    "sendevent" send a low-level GUI event.
+		    "key"	send a low-level keyboard event.
 		    "tabline"	select a tab page by mouse click.
 		    "tabmenu"	select a tabline menu entry.
 
@@ -135,9 +135,9 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		  Inject either a mouse button click, or a mouse move, event.
 		  The supported items in {args} are:
 		    button:	mouse button.  The supported values are:
-				    0	right mouse button
+				    0	left mouse button
 				    1	middle mouse button
-				    2	left mouse button
+				    2	right mouse button
 				    3	mouse button release
 				    4	scroll wheel down
 				    5	scroll wheel up
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		    dragging:	1 to drag the scrollbar and 0 to click in the
 				scrollbar.
 
-		"sendevent":
-		  Send a low-level GUI event (e.g. key-up or down).
+		"key":
+		  Send a low-level keyboard event (e.g. key-up or down).
 		  Currently only supported on MS-Windows.
 		  The supported items in {args} are:
 		    event:	The supported string values are:
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		  Inject an event to select a tabline menu entry. The
 		  supported items in {args} are:
 		    tabnr:	tab page number
-		    item: 	tab page menu item number. 1 for the first
+		    item:	tab page menu item number. 1 for the first
 				menu item, 2 for the second item and so on.
 
 		After injecting the GUI events you probably should call
@@ -224,6 +224,77 @@ test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
 			GetErrorText()->test_ignore_error()
 
 
+test_mswin_event({event}, {args})		*test_mswin_event()*
+		Generate a low-level MS-Windows {event} with arguments {args}
+		for testing Vim functionality.  It works for MS-Windows GUI
+		and for the console.
+
+		{event} is a String and the supported values are:
+		    "mouse"	mouse event.
+		    "key"	keyboard event.
+
+		"mouse":
+		  Inject either a mouse button click, or a mouse move, event.
+		  The supported items in {args} are:
+		    button:	mouse button.  The supported values are:
+				    0	right mouse button
+				    1	middle mouse button
+				    2	left mouse button
+				    3	mouse button release
+				    4	scroll wheel down
+				    5	scroll wheel up
+				    6	scroll wheel left
+				    7	scroll wheel right
+		    row:	mouse click row number.  The first row of the
+				Vim window is 1 and the last row is 'lines'.
+		    col:	mouse click column number.  The maximum value
+				of {col} is 'columns'.
+				Note: row and col are always interpreted as
+				screen cells for the console application.
+				But, they may be interpreted as pixels
+				for the GUI, depending on "cell".
+		    multiclick:	set to 1 to inject a double-click mouse event.
+		    modifiers:	key modifiers.  The supported values are:
+				    4	shift is pressed
+				    8	alt is pressed
+				   16	ctrl is pressed
+		    move:	Optional; if used and TRUE then a mouse move
+			        event can be generated.
+				Only {args} row: and col: are used and
+				required.
+				Only results in an event when 'mousemoveevent'
+				is set or a popup uses mouse move events.
+		    cell:	Optional for the GUI: when present and TRUE
+				then "move" uses screen cells instead of pixel
+				positions.  Not used by the console.
+
+		"key":
+		  Send a low-level keyboard event (e.g. keyup or keydown).
+		  The supported items in {args} are:
+		    event:	The supported string values are:
+				    keyup   generate a keyup event
+				    keydown generate a keydown event
+		    keycode:	Keycode to use for a keyup or a keydown event.
+		    modifiers:	Optional; key modifiers.
+				The supported values are:
+				    2	shift is pressed
+				    4	ctrl is pressed
+				    8	alt is pressed
+				Note: These values are different from the
+				mouse modifiers.
+		    execute:	Optional. Similar to |feedkeys()| mode x.
+				When this is included and set to true
+				(non-zero) then Vim will process any buffered
+				unprocessed key events.  All other {args}
+				items are optional when this is set and true.
+
+		Returns TRUE if the event is successfully added or executed,
+		FALSE if there is a failure.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetEvent()->test_mswin_event({args})
+<
+
 test_null_blob()					*test_null_blob()*
 		Return a |Blob| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 
@@ -298,7 +369,7 @@ test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 			     string is detected
 		ui_delay     time in msec to use in ui_delay(); overrules a
 			     wait time of up to 3 seconds for messages
-		uptime 	     overrules sysinfo.uptime
+		uptime	     overrules sysinfo.uptime
 		vterm_title  setting the window title by a job running in a
 			     terminal window
 		ALL	     clear all overrides, except alloc_lines ({val} is

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 13
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ how to highlight the text.  The property type can have these entries:
 			priority will be used.
 	"start_incl"	when TRUE inserts at the start position will be
 			included in the text property
-	"end_incl"    	when TRUE inserts at the end position will be
+	"end_incl"	when TRUE inserts at the end position will be
 			included in the text property
 
 
@@ -107,14 +107,14 @@ prop_type_list([{props}])		get list of property types
 
 Manipulating text properties:
 
-prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})  	add a text property
-prop_add_list({props}, [[{lnum}, {col}, {end-lnum}, {end-col}], ...])
+prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})	add a text property
+prop_add_list({props}, [{item}, ...])
 					add a text property at multiple
 					positions.
 prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {bufnr}]])
 					remove all text properties
 prop_find({props} [, {direction}])	search for a text property
-prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])  		text properties in {lnum}
+prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])		text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 					remove a text property
 
@@ -147,8 +147,9 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 				above/below the line if {col} is zero; prepend
 				and/or append spaces for padding with
 				highlighting; cannot be used with "length",
-				"end_lnum" and "end_col" |virtual-text|
-		   					*E1294*
+				"end_lnum" and "end_col"
+				See |virtual-text| for more information.
+							*E1294*
 		   text_align	when "text" is present and {col} is zero;
 				specifies where to display the text:
 				   after   after the end of the line
@@ -171,7 +172,7 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 				fit:
 				   wrap      wrap the text to the next line
 				   truncate  truncate the text to make it fit
-		   		When omitted "truncate" is used.
+				When omitted "truncate" is used.
 				Note that this applies to the individual text
 				property, the 'wrap' option sets the overall
 				behavior
@@ -219,10 +220,16 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 		Any Tab and other control character in the text will be
 		changed to a space (Rationale: otherwise the size of the text
 		is difficult to compute).
-		A negative "id" will be chosen and is returned.  Once a
-		property with "text" has been added for a buffer then using a
-		negative "id" for any other property will give an error:
-		*E1293*
+		A negative "id" will be chosen and is returned.
+
+		Before text properties with text were supported it was
+		possible to use a negative "id", even though this was very
+		rare.  Now that negative "id"s are reserved for text
+		properties with text an error is given when using a negative
+		"id".  When a text property with text already exists using a
+		negative "id" results in *E1293* .  If a negative "id" was
+		used and later a text property with text is added results in
+		*E1339* .
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_add(col, props)
@@ -256,12 +263,12 @@ prop_add_list({props}, [{item}, ...])
 		It is not possible to add a text property with a "text" field
 		here.
 
-		Example:
+		Example: >
 			call prop_add_list(#{type: 'MyProp', id: 2},
 					\ [[1, 4, 1, 7],
 					\  [1, 15, 1, 20],
 					\  [2, 30, 3, 30]]
-
+<
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetProp()->prop_add_list([[1, 1, 1, 2], [1, 4, 1, 8]])
 

runtime/doc/tips.txt

@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ the current window, try this custom `:HelpCurwin` command:
 >
 	command -bar -nargs=? -complete=help HelpCurwin execute s:HelpCurwin(<q-args>)
 	let s:did_open_help = v:false
-	
+
 	function s:HelpCurwin(subject) abort
 	  let mods = 'silent noautocmd keepalt'
 	  if !s:did_open_help

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 16
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,25 +38,134 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-'smoothscroll':
-- CTRL-E and gj in long line with 'scrolloff' 5 not working well yet.
-- computing 'scrolloff' position row use w_skipcol
+Crash when splitting window: #11961.  Set RedrawingDisabled in
+win_split_ins().
 
-Check textprop right/above/below with 'number' set and "n" in 'cpo'.
+CI: include #12008 end of February.
 
-Don't do anything for ":!". #11372
+In runtime/autoload/dist/script.vim change "set ft=" to "setlocal ft=" ?
+
+CTRL-J mapping is not used if halfway another mapping. #12002
+Is simplified mapping not used but escape code has been simplified?
+
+Include #11952 after a runtime files update.
+
+Errors when running tests with valgrind:
+- test_codestyle.vim:  e.g.:
+    command line..script /home/mool/vim/vim90/src/testdir/runtest.vim[569]..function RunTheTest[52]..Test_test_files line 6: keycode_check.vim: space before tab: Expected 0 but got 7
+    command line..script /home/mool/vim/vim90/src/testdir/runtest.vim[569]..function RunTheTest[52]..Test_test_files line 10: setup.vim: trailing white space: Expected 0 but got 23
+- test_gui.vim:
+    Found errors in Test_gui_mouse_event():
+
+Upcoming larger works:
+- Make spell checking work with recent .dic/.aff files, e.g. French.  #4916
+    Make Vim understand the format somehow?   Search for "spell" below.
+    Make sure suggestions are speedy, also with composed words (German).
+- Discuss alternatives for using other grammars (treesitter, TextMate).
+   - Possibly conversion to Vim syntax rules.
+   - Other mechanism than group and cluster to nest syntax items, to be used
+     for grammars.
+   - Possibly keeping the parsed syntax tree and incremental updates.
+   - tree-sitter doesn't handle incorrect syntax (while typing) properly.
+   - Make clear how it relates to LSP.
+   - example plugin: https://github.com/uga-rosa/dps-vsctm.vim
 
 
 Further Vim9 improvements, possibly after launch:
-- Use Vim9 for more runtime files.
+- implement :class and :interface: See |vim9-classes
+  - Change access: public by default, private by prefixing "_".
+	Check for error: can't have same name twice (ignoring "_" prefix).
+  - Make ":defcompile ClassName" compile all functions and methods in the
+    class.
+  - Private methods?
+	either: private def Func()
+	    or: def _Func()
+    Perhaps use "private" keyword instead of "_" prefix?
+  - "final" object members - can only be set in the constructor.
+  - accept line breaks in member initialization.  #11957
+  - object empty(), len() - can class define a method to be used for them?
+  - add to help: when using a default new() method then reordering object
+    members may cause trouble.  Can define new() without arguments to avoid.
+  - TODO items: check types for "implements" - members and methods
+  - how about lock/unlock?
+  - When checking "implements" also check types of members and function args.
+  - For chaining, allow using the class name as type for function return
+    value.
+  - Implement generics
+  - Add "instanceof" (exact class name).  And "assignable" (class or child)?
+  - More efficient way for interface member index than iterating over list?
+  - a variant of type() that returns a different type for each class?
+      list<number> and list<string> should also differ.
+  - Issue #11822: any.Func() can be a dict or an object call, need to handle
+    this at runtime.
 - implement :type
 - implement :enum
-- implement :class and :interface: See |vim9-classes|
+- Promise class, could be used to wait on a popup close callback?
+- class local to a function
+- Use Vim9 for more runtime files.
 - Inline call to map() and filter(), better type checking.
 - When evaluating constants for script variables, some functions could work:
     has(featureName), len(someString)
 - Implement as part of an expression: ++expr, --expr, expr++, expr--.
 
+Information missing in terminfo:
+- Accept "hyper" and "meta" modifiers (16 and 32) from Kitty like Meta?
+    8 is actually "super".
+- t_RV	request terminal version string; xterm:	"\033[>c"
+    change in terminfo for "RV" uses the wrong escape sequence 7 - 14 Jan only
+Codes used for focus gained and lost (currently using use_xterm_like_mouse())
+  termcodes are hard-coded in set_termname(), not named.
+    Use the XF flag?  enables recognizing the focus in/out events.
+    Check if t_fe is not empty.
+    Check for "1004" in t_XM. (disadvantage: only focus events when mouse is
+    used)
+- t_fe	enable focus-event tracking
+- t_fd	disable focus-event tracking
+Modifiers for various keys
+- flag to indicate "xterm compatible modifiers" ?
+Underline and similar:
+- t_AU - Set underline color: like "AF" and "AB" entries.
+- t_Ce	undercurl and underline end
+- t_Cs	undercurl (curly underline) mode
+- t_Us	double underline mode
+- t_ds	dotted underline mode
+- t_Ds	dashed underline mode
+- t_Te	strikethrough end
+- t_Ts	strikethrough mode
+Cursor codes: |termcap-cursor-shape|
+- t_RC	request terminal cursor blinking
+- t_RS	request terminal cursor style
+- t_VS	cursor normally visible (no blink)
+- t_SI	start insert mode (bar cursor shape)
+- t_SR	start replace mode (underline cursor shape)
+- t_EI	end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape)
+- t_SC	set cursor color start
+- t_EC	set cursor color end
+- t_SH	set cursor shape
+State requests:
+- t_RF	request terminal foreground color
+- t_RB	request terminal background color
+Less important (not needed for regular editing):
+- t_IS	set icon text start
+- t_IE	set icon text end
+- t_ST	save window title to stack
+- t_RT	restore window title from stack
+- t_Si	save icon text to stack
+- t_Ri	restore icon text from stack
+- t_WP	set window position (Y, X) in pixels
+- t_GP	get window position (Y, X) in pixels
+- t_WS	set window size (height, width in cells)
+Vim internal, but there should be a terminfo entry for these:
+- t_8f	set foreground color (R, G, B) in printf() format
+- t_8b	set background color (R, G, B) in printf() format
+- t_8u	set underline color (R, G, B) in printf() format
+Probably Vim internal, not in terminfo:
+- t_TE	end of "raw" mode
+- t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode
+- t_RK	request terminal keyboard protocol state; sent after |t_TI|
+Already working, not properly documented:
+- t_u7	request cursor position
+
 Popup windows:
 - Add a function to redraw a specific popup window.  Esp. to be used when
   editing the command line, when screen updating doesn't happen. (Shougo)
@@ -164,6 +273,10 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
   conversions.
 
+Patch adds showcmd() function  #11708
+
+Crash when a variable is removed while listing variables (Issue #11435)
+
 Autoconf: must use autoconf 2.69, later version generates lots of warnings
 - try using autoconf 2.71 and fix all "obsolete" warnings  #11322
 
@@ -177,23 +290,79 @@ reduced?
 
 Add BufDeletePost.  #11041
 
+Add winid arg to col() and charcol()  #11466 (request #11461)
+
+Can we make 'noendofline' and 'endoffile' visible?  Should show by default,
+since it's an unusual situation.
+- Show 'noendofline' when it would be used for writing ('fileformat' "dos")
+  with an upside down exclamation mark?  NonText highlighting.
+- Show 'endoffile' when it would be used for writing ('fileformat' "dos") with
+  "CTRL-Z", NonText highlighting.
+- Add 'fillchars' items to change this, default behavior like:
+	noeol:¡
+	eof:CTRL-Z
+
 Test property disappears when using CR twice in a row.  OK when some text was
 entered. (#11151)
 
+Add 'keywordprg' to various ftplugin files:
+https://github.com/vim/vim/pull/5566
+
+PR #11579 to add visualtext(), return Visually selected text.
+
+Stray characters in the shell #11719, caused by requesting a response for:
+- XT key sequences
+- Whether modifyOtherKeys is active
+- Whether kitty keyboard protocol is active
+Can we not request XT key sequences, or reduce them drastically?
+
+Issue #10512: Dynamic loading broken with Perl 5.36
+Damien has a patch (2022 Dec 4)
+
+Request #11965: Allow severaql "%=" items in 'statusline', makes it possible
+to have text in the center.
+
+Add some kind of ":whathappend" command and functions to make visible what the
+last few typed keys and executed commands are.  To be used when the user
+wonders what went wrong.  Could also be used for statistics #12046.
+- typed keys - Normal mode command - like what is recorded in a register and
+  displayed by 'showcmd'.
+- register used - #12063
+- executed command lines
+- with more verbosity: what scripts/functions/autocommands were executed
+
 NFA regexp does not handle composing characters well: #10286
     [ɔ̃] matches both ɔ and ɔ̃
     \(ɔ\|ɔ̃\) matches ɔ and not ɔ̃
 
-Improvement in terminal configuration mess: Request the terminfo entry from
-the terminal itself.  The $TERM value then is only relevant for whether this
-feature is supported or not.  Replaces the xterm mechanism to request each
-entry separately. #6609
-Multiplexers (screen, tmux) can request it to the underlying terminal, and
-pass it on with modifications.
-How to get all the text quickly (also over ssh)?  Can we use a side channel?
+Is there a way to make 'autowriteall' make a clean exit when the xterm is
+closed? (Dennis Nazic says files are preserved, okt 28).  Perhaps handle TERM
+like HUP?
+
+Better terminal emulator support:
+  > Somehow request the terminfo entry from the terminal itself.  The $TERM
+    value then is only relevant for whether this feature is supported or not.
+    Replaces the xterm mechanism to request each entry separately. #6609
+    Multiplexers (screen, tmux) can request it to the underlying terminal, and
+    pass it on with modifications.
+    How to get all the text quickly (also over ssh)? Can we use a side channel?
+  > When xterm supports sending an Escape sequence for the Esc key, should
+    have a way to request this state.  That could be an XTGETTCAP entry, e.g.
+    "k!".  Add "esc_sends_sequence" flag.
+    If we know this state, then do not pretend going out of Insert mode in
+    vgetorpeek(), where kitty_protocol_state is checked.
+  > If a response ends up in a shell command, one way to avoid this is by
+    sending t_RV last and delay starting a shell command until the response
+    has been seen.
+  > Can we use the req_more_codes_from_term() mechanism with more terminals?
+    Should we repeat it after executing a shell command?
+    Can also add this to the 'keyprotocol' option: "mok2+tcap"
+  > In the table of terminal names pointing to the list of termcap entries,
+    add an optional additional one.  So that "xterm-kitty" can first load
+    "xterm" and then add "kitty" entries.
 
 Using "A" and "o" in manually created fold (in empty buffer) does not behave
-consistenly (James McCoy, #10698)
+consistently (James McCoy, #10698)
 
 In a timer callback, when using ":echo" and then input() the message is
 overwritten.  Could use ":echowin" and call redraw_cmd() in get_user_input().
@@ -207,7 +376,7 @@ Resetting 't_ut' already causes this?
 
 When scheme can't be found by configure there is no clear "not found" message:
     configure:5769: checking MzScheme install prefix
-    configure:5781: result: 
+    configure:5781: result:
 
 Can "CSI nr X" be used instead of outputting spaces?  Is it faster?  #8002
 
@@ -222,6 +391,15 @@ Idea: when typing ":e /some/dir/" and "dir" does not exist, highlight in red.
 initialization to figure out the default value from 'shell'.  Add a test for
 this.
 
+Support translations for plugins: #11637
+- Need a tool like xgettext for Vim script, generates a .pot file.
+  Need the equivalent of _() and N_(), perhaps TR() and TRN().
+- Instructions for how to create .po files and translate.
+- Script or Makefile to generate .mo files.
+- Instructions and perhaps a script to install the .mo files in the right
+  place.
+- Add variant of gettext() that takes a package name.
+
 With concealed text mouse click doesn't put the cursor in the right position.
 (Herb Sitz)  Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 16.  Doesn't work properly,
 need to make the change in where RET_WIN_BUF_CHARTABSIZE() is called.
@@ -229,8 +407,6 @@ IDEA: when drawing the text, store the text byte index in ScreenLinesIdx[].
 When converting screen column to text position use this.
 The line number can be obtained from win->w_lines[].
 
-MS-Windows: did path modifier :p:8 stop working?  #8600
-
 Version of getchar() that does not move the cursor - #10603 Use a separate
 argument for the new flag.
 
@@ -264,8 +440,8 @@ Also, z= in German on a long word can take a very long time, but CTRL-C to
 interrupt does not work. Where to add ui_breakcheck()?
 New English spell files also have very slow suggestions.
 
-French spell files don't work correctly.  #4916
-    Make Vim understand the format somehow?
+When 'spelloptions' is "camel" then zG doesn't work on some words.
+(Gary Johnson, 17 Oct 2022)
 
 Make "g>" and "g<" in Visual mode move the text right or left.
 Also for a block selection.  #8558
@@ -299,6 +475,9 @@ when redirecting to a local variable (function or script) storing the value
 won't work.  At least give an error.  Is there a way to make it work?
 #10616
 
+Completion for ":runtime" should show valid values, not what's in the current
+directory. (#11447)
+
 Add an option to start_timer() to return from the input loop with K_IGNORE.
 This is useful e.g. when a popup was created that disables mappings, we need
 to return from vgetc() to make this happen.  #7011
@@ -309,6 +488,9 @@ Any way to convert "$" back by using a special value? (#6901)
 Can we detect true color support?  https://gist.github.com/XVilka/8346728
 Try setting a color then request the current color, like using t_u7.
 
+Add a v:register_used variable, which has the name of the register used for
+the last command, e.g. put.  #12003
+
 Make the jumplist behave like a tag stack. (#7738)  Should there be a more
 time bound navigation, like with undo?
 
@@ -340,6 +522,7 @@ Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
 So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
 same thing.
 Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
+Perhaps also related: #5147
 
 Matchparen doesn't remove highlight after undo. (#7054)
 Is OK when syntax HL is active.
@@ -352,6 +535,10 @@ work.
 Using "au!" after "filetype on" is a bit slow.  Can the matching of
 autocommands be made faster?  (#7056)
 
+Using a search pattern containing "\%V" and 'hlsearch' set keeps old matches
+when the Visual area changes.  #11694.  Do a redraw when starting a Visual
+selection?
+
 Append in Visual block mode inserts the wrong character.
 Test_visual_block_mode() already has the proper check, which is commented out.
 (#8288)
@@ -380,6 +567,8 @@ and/or "sandbox" are set.
 
 Problem with auto-formatting - inserting space and putting cursor before added
 character. (#6154)
+Auto-formatting comments joins a following non-comment line when the comment
+ends in a space. (Adam Levy, 18 Oct 2022)
 
 When 'lazyredraw' is set sometimes the title is not updated.
 (Jason Franklin, 2020 Feb 3)  Looks like a race condition.
@@ -517,6 +706,7 @@ Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3, #958).  Still needs more work.
 
 Would be nice to set tab-local values for 'diffexpr' and 'diffopt'.  Use
 t:diffexpr_option t:diffopt_option? (#4782)
+Also make 'scrollopt' tab-local, remove "hor" only for the current tab page.
 
 Internal diff doesn't handle binary file like external diff does. (Mike
 Williams, 2018 Oct 30)
@@ -1007,9 +1197,6 @@ Avoids exceptions, e.g. when using the b: namespace as a dict.
 Patch to make v:shell_error writable. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Sep 27)
 Useful to restore it.  Is there another solution?
 
-"ci[" does not look for next [ like ci" does look for next ".
-(J.F. 2017 Jan 7)
-
 Patch for wrong cursor position on wrapped line, involving breakindent.
 (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Nov 25)
 
@@ -1033,9 +1220,6 @@ Should :vmap in matchit.vim be :xmap?  (Tony Mechelynck)
 
 Problem with whitespace in errorformat. (Gerd Wachsmuth, 2016 May 15, #807)
 
-Add "unicode true" to NSIS installer.  Doesn't work with Windows 95, which we
-no longer support.
-
 Support sort(l, 'F'), convert strings to float. (#7857)
 
 sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
@@ -1221,9 +1405,6 @@ Do not include the linebreak at the start?
 Feature request: add the "al" text object, to manipulate a screen line.
 Especially useful when using 'linebreak'
 
-":cd C:\Windows\System32\drivers\etc*" does not work, even though the
-directory exists. (Sergio Gallelli, 2013 Dec 29)
-
 Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)
 
@@ -2585,13 +2766,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 -   Add possibility to highlight specific columns (for Fortran).  Or put a
     line in between columns (e.g., for 'textwidth').
     Patch to add 'hlcolumn' from Vit Stradal, 2004 May 20.
-8   Add functions:
-    gettext()		Translate a message.  (Patch from Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
-			Update 2004 Sep 10
-			Another patch from Edward L. Fox (2005 Nov 24)
-			Search in 'runtimepath'?
-			More docs needed about how to use this.
-			How to get the messages into the .po files?
     confirm()		add "flags" argument, with 'v' for vertical
 			    layout and 'c' for console dialog. (Haegg)
 			    Flemming Madsen has a patch for the 'c' flag
@@ -2815,10 +2989,6 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
     console, go back to Vim and click "reload" in the dialog for the changed
     file: Window moves with the cursor!
     Put focus event in input buffer and let generic Vim code handle it?
-8   Win32 GUI: With maximized window, ":set go-=r" doesn't use the space that
-    comes available. (Poucet)  It works OK on Win 98 but doesn't work on Win
-    NT 4.0.  Leaves a grey area where the scrollbar was.  ":set go+=r" also
-    doesn't work properly.
 8   When Vim is minimized and when maximizing it a file-changed dialog pops
     up, Vim isn't maximized.  It should be done before the dialog, so that it
     appears in the right position. (Webb)
@@ -3342,8 +3512,6 @@ Problems that will (probably) not be solved:
     input method called from GDK code.  Without Perl it doesn't crash.
 -   VMS: Vimdiff doesn't work with the VMS diff, because the output looks
     different.  This makes test 47 fail.  Install a Unix-compatible diff.
--   Win32 GUI: mouse wheel always scrolls rightmost window.  The events arrive
-    in Vim as if the rightmost scrollbar was used.
 -   GTK with Gnome: Produces an error message when starting up:
 	Gdk-WARNING **: locale not supported by C library
     This is caused by the gnome library gnome_init() setting $LC_CTYPE to
@@ -4300,8 +4468,6 @@ Tags:
 Win32 GUI:
 8   Make debug mode work while starting up (vim -D).  Open console window for
     the message and input?
-7   GvimExt: when there are several existing Vims, move the list to a submenu.
-    (Mike McCollister)
 8   When using "Edit with Vim" for one file it changes directory, when several
     files are selected and using "Edit with single Vim" the directory isn't
     changed.  At least change directory when the path is the same for all
@@ -4475,8 +4641,11 @@ Autocommands:
 		      BufChangePre, BufChangePost and RevertBuf. (Shah)
     ViewChanged	    - triggered when the text scrolls and when the window size
 		      changes.
-    WinResized	    - After a window has been resized
-    WinClose	    - Just before closing a window
+    QuickfixList    - when any entry in the current list changes or another
+		      list is selected
+    QuickfixPosition - when selecting another entry in the current quickfix
+		       list
+
 -   Write the file now and then ('autosave'):
 				  *'autosave'* *'as'* *'noautosave'* *'noas'*
     'autosave' 'as' number  (default 0)
@@ -5843,7 +6012,7 @@ Various improvements:
     many percent down the windows).
 -   Make it possible for the 'showbreak' to be displayed at the end of the
     line.  Use a comma to separate the part at the end and the start of the
-    line?  Highlight the linebreak characters, add flag in 'highlight'.
+    line?  #754  Highlight the linebreak characters, add flag in 'highlight'.
     Make 'showbreak' local to a window.
 -   Some string options should be expanded if they have wildcards, e.g.
     'dictionary' when it is "*.h".

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Credit Card:	You can use PayPal to send money with a Credit card.  This is
 		    Bram@iccf-holland.org
 
 Others:		Transfer to this account if possible:
-		    ING bank: 	IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
+		    ING bank:	IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
 				Swift code: INGBNL2A
 		    under the name "stichting ICCF Holland", Amersfoort
 		Checks are not accepted.

runtime/doc/userfunc.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*userfunc.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 09
+*userfunc.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ Defining and using functions.
 
 This is introduced in section |41.7| of the user manual.
 
-1. Defining a fuction			|define-function|
-2. Calling a fuction			|:call|
+1. Defining a function			|define-function|
+2. Calling a function			|:call|
 3. Cleaning up in a function		|:defer|
 4. Automatically loading functions	|autoload-functions|
 
@@ -187,12 +187,21 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned.
 			When a function ends without an explicit ":return",
 			the number 0 is returned.
+
 			In a :def function *E1095* is given if unreachable
 			code follows after the `:return`.
 			In legacy script there is no check for unreachable
 			lines, thus there is no warning if commands follow
-			`:return`.
-
+			`:return`.  Also, there is no check if the following
+			line contains a valid command.  Forgetting the line
+			continuation backslash may go unnoticed: >
+				return 'some text'
+				       .. ' some more text'
+<			Will happily return "some text" without an error.  It
+			should have been: >
+				return 'some text'
+				       \ .. ' some more text'
+<
 			If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the
 			matching |:finally| (if present), the commands
 			following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
@@ -202,7 +211,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 						*function-argument* *a:var*
 An argument can be defined by giving its name.  In the function this can then
-be used as "a:name" ("a:" for argument).
+be used as "a:name" ("a:" for argument) (in a `:def` function "a:" is not
+used).
 					*a:0* *a:1* *a:000* *E740* *...*
 Up to 20 arguments can be given, separated by commas.  After the named
 arguments an argument "..." can be specified, which means that more arguments
@@ -237,9 +247,10 @@ Example: >
   call Something('key', 20)	"key: 20"
 
 The argument default expressions are evaluated at the time of the function
-call, not definition.  Thus it is possible to use an expression which is
-invalid the moment the function is defined.  The expressions are also only
-evaluated when arguments are not specified during a call.
+call, not when the function is defined.  Thus it is possible to use an
+expression which is invalid the moment the function is defined.  The
+expressions are also only evaluated when arguments are not specified during a
+call.
 						*none-function_argument*
 You can pass |v:none| to use the default expression.  Note that this means you
 cannot pass v:none as an ordinary value when an argument has a default
@@ -405,7 +416,7 @@ function to abort.  `:defer` can be used to avoid that: >
 	  call Handle('Outfile')
 	endfunc
 
-Note that deleting "Outfile" is scheduled before calling system(), since it
+Note that deleting "Outfile" is scheduled before calling `system()`, since it
 can be created even when `system()` fails.
 
 The deferred functions are called in reverse order, the last one added is

runtime/doc/usr_02.txt

@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ You can use the error ID at the start to find help about it: >
 	:help E37
 
 
-Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
+Summary:					*help-summary*  >
 
 1) Use Ctrl-D after typing a topic and let Vim show all available topics.
    Or press Tab to complete: >

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2020 Sep 03
+*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 30
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ you can see?  This figure shows the three commands you can use:
 			+---------------------------+
 
 Hints: "H" stands for Home, "M" for Middle and "L" for Last.  Alternatively,
-"H" for high, "M" for Middle and "L" for low.
+"H" for High, "M" for Middle and "L" for Low.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *03.6*	Telling where you are

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ an archive or as a repository.  For an archive you can follow these steps:
 	   package.
 	2. unpack the archive in that directory.  This assumes the top
 	   directory in the archive is "start": >
-	   	cd ~/.vim/pack/fancy
+		cd ~/.vim/pack/fancy
 		unzip /tmp/fancy.zip
 <	   If the archive layout is different make sure that you end up with a
 	   path like this:

runtime/doc/usr_12.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_12.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Apr 19
+*usr_12.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 19
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 

runtime/doc/usr_22.txt

@@ -77,25 +77,25 @@ browser.  This is what you get: >
     9. Directory Browsing	 netrw-browse   netrw-dir   netrw-list   netrw-help
 
     MAPS								 netrw-maps
-     	 <F1>.............Help.......................................|netrw-help|
-     	 <cr>.............Browsing...................................|netrw-cr|
-     	 <del>............Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-delete|
-     	 -................Going Up...................................|netrw--|
-     	 a................Hiding Files or Directories................|netrw-a|
-     	 mb...............Bookmarking a Directory....................|netrw-mb|
-     	 gb...............Changing to a Bookmarked Directory.........|netrw-gb|
-     	 cd...............Make Browsing Directory The Current Dir....|netrw-c|
-     	 d................Make A New Directory.......................|netrw-d|
-     	 D................Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-D|
-     	 <c-h>............Edit File/Directory Hiding List............|netrw-ctrl-h|
-     	 i................Change Listing Style.......................|netrw-i|
-     	 <c-l>............Refreshing the Listing.....................|netrw-ctrl-l|
-     	 o................Browsing with a Horizontal Split...........|netrw-o|
-     	 p................Use Preview Window.........................|netrw-p|
-     	 P................Edit in Previous Window....................|netrw-p|
-     	 q................Listing Bookmarks and History..............|netrw-qb|
-     	 r................Reversing Sorting Order....................|netrw-r|
-<    	(etc)
+	 <F1>.............Help.......................................|netrw-help|
+	 <cr>.............Browsing...................................|netrw-cr|
+	 <del>............Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-delete|
+	 -................Going Up...................................|netrw--|
+	 a................Hiding Files or Directories................|netrw-a|
+	 mb...............Bookmarking a Directory....................|netrw-mb|
+	 gb...............Changing to a Bookmarked Directory.........|netrw-gb|
+	 cd...............Make Browsing Directory The Current Dir....|netrw-c|
+	 d................Make A New Directory.......................|netrw-d|
+	 D................Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-D|
+	 <c-h>............Edit File/Directory Hiding List............|netrw-ctrl-h|
+	 i................Change Listing Style.......................|netrw-i|
+	 <c-l>............Refreshing the Listing.....................|netrw-ctrl-l|
+	 o................Browsing with a Horizontal Split...........|netrw-o|
+	 p................Use Preview Window.........................|netrw-p|
+	 P................Edit in Previous Window....................|netrw-p|
+	 q................Listing Bookmarks and History..............|netrw-qb|
+	 r................Reversing Sorting Order....................|netrw-r|
+<	(etc)
 
 The <F1> key thus brings you to a netrw directory browsing contents help page.
 It's a regular help page; use the usual |CTRL-]| to jump to tagged help items
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ To select files for display and editing: (with the cursor is atop a filename)
 	<enter>		Open the file in the current window.	   |netrw-cr|
 	o		Horizontally split window and display file |netrw-o|
 	v		Vertically split window and display file   |netrw-v|
-	p		Use the |preview-window| 		   |netrw-p|
+	p		Use the |preview-window|		   |netrw-p|
 	P		Edit in the previous window		   |netrw-P|
 	t		Open file in a new tab			   |netrw-t|
 

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 07
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 17
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ FOUR KINDS OF NUMBERS
 Numbers can be decimal, hexadecimal, octal and binary.
 
 A hexadecimal number starts with "0x" or "0X".  For example "0x1f" is decimal
-31 and 0x1234 is decimal 4660.
+31 and "0x1234" is decimal 4660.
 
 An octal number starts with "0o", "0O".  "0o17" is decimal 15.
 
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ If you don't like the concatenation you can use the $"string" form, which
 accepts an expression in curly braces: >
 	echo $"Name: {name}"
 
-See |interp-string| for more information.
+See |interpolated-string| for more information.
 
 Borrowed from the C language is the conditional expression: >
 
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ search() function uses its first argument as a search pattern and the second
 one as flags.  The "W" flag means the search doesn't wrap around the end of
 the file.
 
-Using the  `call` command is optional in |Vim9| script.  It is required in
+Using the `call` command is optional in |Vim9| script.  It is required in
 legacy script and on the command line: >
 
 	call search("Date: ", "W")
@@ -757,6 +757,7 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	strwidth()		size of string when displayed
 	strdisplaywidth()	size of string when displayed, deals with tabs
 	setcellwidths()		set character cell width overrides
+	getcellwidths()		get character cell width overrides
 	substitute()		substitute a pattern match with a string
 	submatch()		get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
 	strpart()		get part of a string using byte index
@@ -803,7 +804,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	call()			call a function with List as arguments
 	index()			index of a value in a List or Blob
 	indexof()		index in a List or Blob where an expression
-				evaluates to true 
+				evaluates to true
 	max()			maximum value in a List
 	min()			minimum value in a List
 	count()			count number of times a value appears in a List
@@ -935,6 +936,7 @@ Working with text in the current buffer:		*text-functions*
 
 Working with text in another buffer:
 	getbufline()		get a list of lines from the specified buffer
+	getbufoneline()		get a one line from the specified buffer
 	setbufline()		replace a line in the specified buffer
 	appendbufline()		append a list of lines in the specified buffer
 	deletebufline()		delete lines from a specified buffer
@@ -1030,6 +1032,7 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	getwininfo()		get a list with window information
 	getchangelist()		get a list of change list entries
 	getjumplist()		get a list of jump list entries
+	swapfilelist()		list of existing swap files in 'directory'
 	swapinfo()		information about a swap file
 	swapname()		get the swap file path of a buffer
 
@@ -1110,6 +1113,7 @@ Interactive:					*interactive-functions*
 	getcharstr()		get a character from the user as a string
 	getcharmod()		get modifiers for the last typed character
 	getmousepos()		get last known mouse position
+	getmouseshape()		get name of the current mouse shape
 	echoraw()		output characters as-is
 	feedkeys()		put characters in the typeahead queue
 	input()			get a line from the user
@@ -1183,6 +1187,7 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_getvalue()		get value of an internal variable
 	test_gui_event()	generate a GUI event for testing
 	test_ignore_error()	ignore a specific error message
+	test_mswin_event()	generate an MS-Windows event
 	test_null_blob()	return a null Blob
 	test_null_channel()	return a null Channel
 	test_null_dict()	return a null Dict

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 13
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -249,8 +249,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 
 							*:!cmd* *:!*
 :!{cmd}			Execute {cmd} with the shell.  See also the 'shell'
-			and 'shelltype' option. `:!` without a {cmd} is a no-op,
-			it does nothing.
+			and 'shelltype' option.
 							*E34*
 			Any '!' in {cmd} is replaced with the previous
 			external command (see also 'cpoptions').  But not when
@@ -299,7 +298,8 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 				:silent !{cmd}
 <			The screen is not redrawn then, thus you have to use
 			CTRL-L or ":redraw!" if the command did display
-			something.
+			something.  However, this depends on what the |t_ti|
+			and |t_te| termcap entries are set to.
 			Also see |shell-window|.
 
 							*:!!*
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ T  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 T  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
    *+vtp*		on MS-Windows console: support for 'termguicolors'
 T  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|  Always enabled since 9.0.0278
-T  *+wildmenu*		|'wildmenu'||  Always enabled since 9.0.0279
+T  *+wildmenu*		|'wildmenu'|  Always enabled since 9.0.0279
 T  *+windows*		more than one window; Always enabled since 8.0.1118.
 m  *+writebackup*	|'writebackup'| is default on
 m  *+xim*		X input method |xim|

runtime/doc/version5.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version5.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
+*version5.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Added					|added-5.8|
 Fixed					|fixed-5.8|
 
 ==============================================================================
-				 INCOMPATIBLE		*incompatible-5*
+INCOMPATIBLE						*incompatible-5*
 
 Default value for 'compatible' changed			*cp-default*
 --------------------------------------
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ CTRL-_ key for this |i_CTRL-_|. >
    :imap <C-B> <C-O>:set revins!<CR>
 
 ==============================================================================
-				 NEW FEATURES		*new-5*
+NEW FEATURES						*new-5*
 
 Syntax highlighting					*new-highlighting*
 -------------------
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ Included support for the Farsi language (Shiran).  Only when enabled at
 compile time.  See |farsi|.
 
 ==============================================================================
-				 IMPROVEMENTS		*improvements-5*
+IMPROVEMENTS						*improvements-5*
 
 Performance:
 - When 'showcmd' was set, mappings would execute much more slowly because the
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ Some versions of Motif require "-lXpm".  Added check for this in configure.
 Don't add "-L/usr/lib" to the link line, causes problems on a few systems.
 
 ==============================================================================
-			     COMPILE TIME CHANGES	*compile-changes-5*
+COMPILE TIME CHANGES					*compile-changes-5*
 
 When compiling, allow a choice for minimal, normal or maximal features in an
 easy way, by changing a single line in src/feature.h.
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ Don't use HPUX digraphs by default, but only when HPUX_DIGRAPHS is defined.
 |digraphs-default|
 
 ==============================================================================
-				 BUG FIXES		*bug-fixes-5*
+BUG FIXES						*bug-fixes-5*
 
 Note:	Some of these fixes may only apply to test versions which were
 	created after version 4.6, but before 5.0.

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -8123,7 +8123,7 @@ Files:	    src/message.c
 
 Patch 7.2.119
 Problem:    Status line is redrawn too often.
-Solution:   Check ScreeenLinesUC[] properly. (Yukihiro Nakadaira)
+Solution:   Check ScreenLinesUC[] properly. (Yukihiro Nakadaira)
 Files:	    src/screen.c
 
 Patch 7.2.120
@@ -9782,8 +9782,8 @@ Files:	    src/syntax.c
 
 Patch 7.2.406
 Problem:    Patch 7.2.119 introduces uninit mem read. (Dominique Pelle)
-Solution:   Only used ScreeenLinesC when ScreeenLinesUC is not zero. (Yukihiro
-	    Nakadaira)  Also clear ScreeenLinesC when allocating.
+Solution:   Only used ScreenLinesC when ScreenLinesUC is not zero. (Yukihiro
+	    Nakadaira)  Also clear ScreenLinesC when allocating.
 Files:	    src/screen.c
 
 Patch 7.2.407

runtime/doc/version8.txt

@@ -342,11 +342,11 @@ New Vim variables: ~
 |v:mouse_winid|		Window ID for a mouse click obtained with |getchar()|
 |v:none|		an empty String, used for JSON
 |v:null|		an empty String, used for JSON
-|v:option_new|    	new value of the option, used by |OptionSet|
-|v:option_old|    	old value of the option, used by |OptionSet|
+|v:option_new|		new value of the option, used by |OptionSet|
+|v:option_old|		old value of the option, used by |OptionSet|
 |v:option_oldlocal|	old local value of the option, used by |OptionSet|
 |v:option_oldglobal|	old global value of the option, used by |OptionSet|
-|v:option_type|   	scope of the set command, used by |OptionSet|
+|v:option_type|		scope of the set command, used by |OptionSet|
 |v:option_command|	command used to set the option, used by |OptionSet|
 |v:progpath|		the command with which Vim was invoked
 |v:t_bool|		value of Boolean type

runtime/doc/version9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version9.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 28
+*version9.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -254,12 +254,12 @@ summary.
 Many memory leaks, invalid memory accesses and crashes have been fixed.
 See the list of patches below: |bug-fixes-9|.
 
-Support for Vim expression evaluation in a string. |interp-string|
+Support for Vim expression evaluation in a string. |interpolated-string|
 Support for evaluating Vim expressions in a heredoc. |:let-heredoc|
 
 Support for fuzzy matching:
 - a string in a List of strings. |fuzzy-matching|
-- completion support for command line completion using 'wildoptions'
+- completion support for command line completion using 'wildoptions'.
 - for |:vimgrep|.
 
 Added support for the |Haiku| OS.
@@ -398,22 +398,22 @@ Update xdiff to version 2.33.  Update libvterm to revision 789.
 
 Support 'trim' for Python/Lua/Perl/Tcl/Ruby/MzScheme interface heredoc.
 
-Add the |t_AU| and |t_8u| termap codes for underline and undercurl.  Add the
+Add the |t_AU| and |t_8u| termcap codes for underline and undercurl.  Add the
 t_fd and t_fe termcap codes for detecting focus events.
 
 Support for indenting C pragmas like normal code. (|cino-P|)
 
-Add support for defining the syntax fold level (|:syn-foldlevel|)
+Add support for defining the syntax fold level. (|:syn-foldlevel|)
 
 Add support for using \<*xxx> in a string to prepend a modifier to a
-character. (|expr-quote|).
+character. (|expr-quote|)
 
 Add support trimming characters at the beginning or end of a string using
 |trim()|.
 
 Make ":verbose pwd" show the scope of the directory. |:pwd-verbose|
 
-Add the "0o" notation for specifying octal numbers |scriptversion-4|
+Add the "0o" notation for specifying octal numbers. |scriptversion-4|
 
 Support for changing to the previous tab-local and window-local directories
 using the "tcd -" and "lcd -" commands. (|:tcd-| and |:lcd-|)
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ Add support for executing (|:@|) a register containing line continuation.
 Lua support:
 - Call Vim functions from Lua (vim.call() and vim.fn()).
 - Convert a Lua function and a closure to a Vim funcref so that it can be
-  accessed in a Vimscript (|lua-funcref|).
+  accessed in a Vim script (|lua-funcref|).
 - Not backwards compatible: Make Lua arrays one based.
 - Add support for using table.insert() and table.remove() functions with Vim
   lists.
@@ -27366,7 +27366,7 @@ Files:      src/evalfunc.c, src/testdir/test_vim9_builtin.vim
 Patch 8.2.4460
 Problem:    Vim9: wrong error for defining dict function.
 Solution:   Explicitly check for trying to define a dict function.
-            (closes 9827)
+            (closes #9827)
 Files:      src/errors.h, src/userfunc.c, src/vim9compile.c,
             src/testdir/test_vim9_func.vim
 
@@ -28478,7 +28478,7 @@ Files:      src/change.c, src/drawscreen.c, src/structs.h
 
 Patch 8.2.4645
 Problem:    'shortmess' changed when session does not store options.
-Solution:   Save and restore 'shortmess' if needed. (James Charti,
+Solution:   Save and restore 'shortmess' if needed. (James Cherti,
             closes #10037)
 Files:      src/session.c, src/testdir/test_mksession.vim
 

runtime/doc/vim9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 11
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ features in Vim9 script.
 3.  New style functions			|fast-functions|
 4.  Types				|vim9-types|
 5.  Namespace, Import and Export	|vim9script|
-6.  Future work: classes		|vim9-classes|
+6.  Classes and interfaces		|vim9-classes|
 
 9.  Rationale				|vim9-rationale|
 
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ script and `:def` functions; details are below:
 	`:open`
 	`:s`  with only flags
 	`:t`
-  	`:xit`
+	`:xit`
 - Some commands, especially those used for flow control, cannot be shortened.
   E.g., `:throw` cannot be written as `:th`.  *vim9-no-shorten*
 - You cannot use curly-braces names.
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ script and `:def` functions; details are below:
 	:%s/this/that
 - Executing a register with "@r" does not work, you can prepend a colon or use
   `:exe`: >
-  	:exe @a
+	:exe @a
 - Unless mentioned specifically, the highest |scriptversion| is used.
 - When defining an expression mapping, the expression will be evaluated in the
   context of the script where it was defined.
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Detail: this is because "Inner" will actually become a function reference to a
 function with a generated name.
 
 It is not possible to define a script-local function in a function.  You can
-define a local function and assign it to a script-local funcref (it must have
+define a local function and assign it to a script-local Funcref (it must have
 been declared at the script level).  It is possible to define a global
 function by using the "g:" prefix.
 
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ function, the function does not need to be defined more than once: >
 
 Variable declarations with :var, :final and :const ~
 				*vim9-declaration* *:var* *E1079*
-				*E1017* *E1020* *E1054* *E1087* *E1108* *E1124*
+				*E1017* *E1020* *E1054* *E1087* *E1124*
 Local variables need to be declared with `:var`.  Local constants need to be
 declared with `:final` or `:const`.  We refer to both as "variables" in this
 section.
@@ -388,7 +388,6 @@ used: >
 	echo temp  # Error!
 
 This is especially useful in a user command: >
-
 	command -range Rename {
 		 var save = @a
 		 @a = 'some expression'
@@ -397,7 +396,6 @@ This is especially useful in a user command: >
 	    }
 
 And with autocommands: >
-
    au BufWritePre *.go {
 		 var save = winsaveview()
 		 silent! exe ':%! some formatting command'
@@ -624,7 +622,7 @@ Additionally, a lambda can contain statements in {}: >
 	    }
 This can be useful for a timer, for example: >
 	var count = 0
- 	var timer = timer_start(500, (_) => {
+	var timer = timer_start(500, (_) => {
 		 count += 1
 		 echom 'Handler called ' .. count
 	     }, {repeat: 3})
@@ -746,7 +744,7 @@ continuation is used without a backslash and a line starts with a bar: >
 							*E1050*
 To make it possible for the operator at the start of the line to be
 recognized, it is required to put a colon before a range.  This example will
-add "start" and print: >
+add "start" and "print": >
 	var result = start
 	+ print
 Like this: >
@@ -805,7 +803,7 @@ Notes:
 	echo [1, 2]
 		[3, 4]
 - In some cases it is difficult for Vim to parse a command, especially when
-  commands are used as an argument to another command, such as `windo`.  In
+  commands are used as an argument to another command, such as `:windo`.  In
   those cases the line continuation with a backslash has to be used.
 
 
@@ -826,7 +824,7 @@ White space is required around most operators.
 
 White space is required in a sublist (list slice) around the ":", except at
 the start and end: >
-	otherlist = mylist[v : count]  	# v:count has a different meaning
+	otherlist = mylist[v : count]	# v:count has a different meaning
 	otherlist = mylist[:]		# make a copy of the List
 	otherlist = mylist[v :]
 	otherlist = mylist[: v]
@@ -881,7 +879,7 @@ This works for alphanumeric characters, underscore and dash.  If you want to
 use another character, use a single or double quoted string: >
 	var dict = {'key with space': value}
 	var dict = {"key\twith\ttabs": value}
-	var dict = {'': value}  		# empty key
+	var dict = {'': value}			# empty key
 <							*E1139*
 In case the key needs to be an expression, square brackets can be used, just
 like in JavaScript: >
@@ -1023,7 +1021,9 @@ always converted to string: >
 
 Simple types are Number, Float, Special and Bool.  For other types |string()|
 should be used.
-						*false* *true* *null* *E1034*
+			*false* *true* *null* *null_blob* *null_channel*
+			*null_dict* *null_function* *null_job* *null_list*
+			*null_partial* *null_string* *E1034*
 In Vim9 script one can use the following predefined values: >
 	true
 	false
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ In Vim9 script one can use the following predefined values: >
 `true` is the same as `v:true`, `false` the same as `v:false`, `null` the same
 as `v:null`.
 
-While `null` has the type "special", the other "null_" types have the type
+While `null` has the type "special", the other "null_" values have the type
 indicated by their name.  Quite often a null value is handled the same as an
 empty value, but not always.  The values can be useful to clear a script-local
 variable, since they cannot be deleted with `:unlet`.  E.g.: >
@@ -1254,6 +1254,7 @@ level.  They cannot be created in a function, also not in a legacy function.
 :defc[ompile]		Compile functions defined in the current script that
 			were not compiled yet.
 			This will report any errors found during compilation.
+			This excludes functions defined inside a class.
 
 :defc[ompile] {func}
 :defc[ompile] debug {func}
@@ -1261,6 +1262,10 @@ level.  They cannot be created in a function, also not in a legacy function.
 			Compile function {func}, if needed.  Use "debug" and
 			"profile" to specify the compilation mode.
 			This will report any errors found during compilation.
+			{func} call also be "ClassName.functionName" to
+			compile a function or method in a class.
+			{func} call also be "ClassName" to compile all
+			functions and methods in a class.
 
 						*:disa* *:disassemble*
 :disa[ssemble] {func}	Show the instructions generated for {func}.
@@ -1309,7 +1314,7 @@ Closures defined in a loop will share the same context.  For example: >
 <							*E1271*
 A closure must be compiled in the context that it is defined in, so that
 variables in that context can be found.  This mostly happens correctly, except
-when a function is marked for debugging with `breakadd` after it was compiled.
+when a function is marked for debugging with `:breakadd` after it was compiled.
 Make sure to define the breakpoint before compiling the outer function.
 
 The "inloop" variable will exist only once, all closures put in the list refer
@@ -1351,7 +1356,7 @@ closure: >
 	}
 	endfor
 
-Using `echowindow` is useful in a timer, the messages go into a popup and will
+Using `:echowindow` is useful in a timer, the messages go into a popup and will
 not interfere with what the user is doing when it triggers.
 
 
@@ -1402,7 +1407,7 @@ to a Vim9 function:
 	  echo line(1) .. line(2)
 
 - line continuation does not always require a backslash: >
-  	echo ['one',
+	echo ['one',
 		\ 'two',
 		\ 'three'
 		\ ]
@@ -1592,7 +1597,7 @@ That is because the declaration looks like a list of numbers, thus is
 equivalent to: >
 	var ll: list<number> = [1, 2, 3]
 If you do want a more permissive list you need to declare the type: >
-	var ll: list<any = [1, 2, 3]
+	var ll: list<any> = [1, 2, 3]
 	ll->extend(['x'])  # OK
 
 
@@ -1659,8 +1664,8 @@ type, it can not be used in Vim9 script.
 
 			 *E1211* *E1217* *E1218* *E1219* *E1220* *E1221*
 			 *E1222* *E1223* *E1224* *E1225* *E1226* *E1227*
-			 *E1228* *E1238* *E1250* *E1251* *E1252* *E1253*
-			 *E1256* *E1297* *E1298* *E1301*
+			 *E1228* *E1238* *E1250* *E1251* *E1252* *E1256*
+			 *E1297* *E1298* *E1301*
 Types are checked for most builtin functions to make it easier to spot
 mistakes.
 
@@ -1940,64 +1945,17 @@ Or: >
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-6. Future work: classes					*vim9-classes*
+6. Classes and interfaces				*vim9-classes*
 
-Above "class" was mentioned a few times, but it has not been implemented yet.
-Most of Vim9 script can be created without this functionality, and since
-implementing classes is going to be a lot of work, it is left for the future.
-For now we'll just make sure classes can be added later.
+In legacy script a Dictionary could be used as a kind-of object, by adding
+members that are functions.  However, this is quite inefficient and requires
+the writer to do the work of making sure all the objects have the right
+members.  See |Dictionary-function|.
 
-Thoughts:
-- `class` / `endclass`, the whole class must be in one file
-- Class names are always CamelCase (to avoid a name clash with builtin types)
-- A single constructor called "constructor"
-- Single inheritance with `class ThisClass extends BaseClass`
-- `abstract class` (class with incomplete implementation)
-- `interface` / `endinterface` (abstract class without any implementation)
-- `class SomeClass implements SomeInterface`
-- Generics for class: `class <Tkey, Tentry>`
-- Generics for function: `def <Tkey> GetLast(key: Tkey)`
+In |Vim9| script you can have classes, objects and interfaces like in most
+popular object-oriented programming languages.  Since this is a lot of
+functionality it is located in a separate help file: |vim9class.txt|.
 
-Again, much of this is from TypeScript with a slightly different syntax.
-
-Some things that look like good additions:
-- Use a class as an interface (like Dart)
-- Extend a class with methods, using an import (like Dart)
-- Mixins
-- For testing: Mock mechanism
-
-An important class that will be provided is "Promise".  Since Vim is single
-threaded, connecting asynchronous operations is a natural way of allowing
-plugins to do their work without blocking the user.  It's a uniform way to
-invoke callbacks and handle timeouts and errors.
-
-Some commands have already been reserved:
-	*:class*
-	*:endclass*
-	*:abstract*
-	*:enum*
-	*:endenum*
-	*:interface*
-	*:endinterface*
-	*:static*
-	*:type*
-
-Some examples: >
-
-	abstract class Person 
-	    static const prefix = 'xxx'
-	    var name: string
-	    
-	    def constructor(name: string)
-		this.name = name
-	    enddef
-
-	    def display(): void
-		echo name
-	    enddef
-
-	    abstract def find(string): Person
-	endclass
 
 ==============================================================================
 
@@ -2284,18 +2242,5 @@ tool need to be supported.  Since most languages support classes the lack of
 support for classes in Vim is then a problem.
 
 
-Classes ~
-
-Vim supports a kind-of object oriented programming by adding methods to a
-dictionary.  With some care this can be made to work, but it does not look
-like real classes.  On top of that, it's quite slow, because of the use of
-dictionaries.
-
-It would be good to support real classes, and this is planned for a later
-version.  The support is a "minimal common functionality" of class support in
-most languages.  It will work much like Java, which is the most popular
-programming language.
-
-
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/vim9class.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,900 @@
+*vim9class.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 26
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
+
+
+NOTE - This is not finished yet, anything can still change! - NOTE
+
+
+Vim9 classes, objects, interfaces, types and enums.
+
+1.  Overview			|Vim9-class-overview|
+2.  A simple class		|Vim9-simple-class|
+3.  Class members and functions	|Vim9-class-member|
+4.  Using an abstract class	|Vim9-abstract-class|
+5.  Using an interface		|Vim9-using-interface|
+6.  More class details		|Vim9-class|
+7.  Type definition		|Vim9-type|
+8.  Enum			|Vim9-enum|
+
+9.  Rationale
+10. To be done later
+
+==============================================================================
+
+1. Overview					*Vim9-class-overview*
+
+The fancy term is "object-oriented programming".  You can find lots of study
+material on this subject.  Here we document what |Vim9| script provides,
+assuming you know the basics already.  Added are helpful hints about how to
+use this functionality effectively.
+
+The basic item is an object:
+- An object stores state.  It contains one or more variables that can each
+  have a value.
+- An object provides functions that use and manipulate its state.  These
+  functions are invoked "on the object", which is what sets it apart from the
+  traditional separation of data and code that manipulates the data.
+- An object has a well defined interface, with typed member variables and
+  member functions.
+- Objects are created from a class and all objects have the same interface.
+  This does not change at runtime, it is not dynamic.
+
+An object can only be created by a class.  A class provides:
+- A new() method, the constructor, which returns an object for the class.
+  This method is invoked on the class name: MyClass.new().
+- State shared by all objects of the class: class variables (class members).
+- A hierarchy of classes, with super-classes and sub-classes, inheritance.
+
+An interface is used to specify properties of an object:
+- An object can declare several interfaces that it implements.
+- Different objects implementing the same interface can be used the same way.
+
+The class hierarchy allows for single inheritance.  Otherwise interfaces are
+to be used where needed.
+
+
+Class modeling ~
+
+You can model classes any way you like.  Keep in mind what you are building,
+don't try to model the real world.  This can be confusing, especially because
+teachers use real-world objects to explain class relations and you might think
+your model should therefore reflect the real world.  It doesn't!  The model
+should match your purpose.
+
+Keep in mind that composition (an object contains other objects) is often
+better than inheritance (an object extends another object).  Don't waste time
+trying to find the optimal class model.  Or waste time discussing whether a
+square is a rectangle or that a rectangle is a square.  It doesn't matter.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+2.  A simple class				*Vim9-simple-class*
+
+Let's start with a simple example: a class that stores a text position (see
+below for how to do this more efficiently): >
+
+	class TextPosition
+	   this.lnum: number
+	   this.col: number
+
+	   def new(lnum: number, col: number)
+	      this.lnum = lnum
+	      this.col = col
+	   enddef
+
+	   def SetLnum(lnum: number)
+	      this.lnum = lnum
+	   enddef
+
+	   def SetCol(col: number)
+	      this.col = col
+	   enddef
+
+	   def SetPosition(lnum: number, col: number)
+	      this.lnum = lnum
+	      this.col = col
+	   enddef
+	 endclass
+<							*object* *Object*
+You can create an object from this class with the new() method: >
+
+	var pos = TextPosition.new(1, 1)
+
+The object members "lnum" and "col" can be accessed directly: >
+
+	echo $'The text position is ({pos.lnum}, {pos.col})'
+<							*E1317* *E1327*
+If you have been using other object-oriented languages you will notice that
+in Vim the object members are consistently referred to with the "this."
+prefix.  This is different from languages like Java and TypeScript.  The
+naming convention makes the object members easy to spot.  Also, when a
+variable does not have the "this." prefix you know it is not an object member.
+
+
+Member write access ~
+
+Now try to change an object member directly: >
+
+	pos.lnum = 9
+<							*E1335*
+This will give you an error!  That is because by default object members can be
+read but not set.  That's why the TextPosition class provides a method for it: >
+
+	pos.SetLnum(9)
+
+Allowing to read but not set an object member is the most common and safest
+way.  Most often there is no problem using a value, while setting a value may
+have side effects that need to be taken care of.  In this case, the SetLnum()
+method could check if the line number is valid and either give an error or use
+the closest valid value.
+							*:public* *E1331*
+If you don't care about side effects and want to allow the object member to be
+changed at any time, you can make it public: >
+
+	public this.lnum: number
+	public this.col: number
+
+Now you don't need the SetLnum(), SetCol() and SetPosition() methods, setting
+"pos.lnum" directly above will no longer give an error.
+							*E1334*
+If you try to set an object member that doesn't exist you get an error: >
+	pos.other = 9
+<	E1334: Object member not found: other ~
+
+
+Private members ~
+							*E1332* *E1333*
+On the other hand, if you do not want the object members to be read directly,
+you can make them private.  This is done by prefixing an underscore to the
+name: >
+
+	this._lnum: number
+	this._col number
+
+Now you need to provide methods to get the value of the private members.
+These are commonly called getters.  We recommend using a name that starts with
+"Get": >
+
+	def GetLnum(): number
+	   return this._lnum
+	enddef
+
+	def GetCol() number
+	   return this._col
+	enddef
+
+This example isn't very useful, the members might as well have been public.
+It does become useful if you check the value.  For example, restrict the line
+number to the total number of lines: >
+
+	def GetLnum(): number
+	   if this._lnum > this._lineCount
+	      return this._lineCount
+	   endif
+	   return this._lnum
+	enddef
+
+
+Simplifying the new() method ~
+
+Many constructors take values for the object members.  Thus you very often see
+this pattern: >
+
+	 class SomeClass
+	   this.lnum: number
+	   this.col: number
+
+	   def new(lnum: number, col: number)
+	      this.lnum = lnum
+	      this.col = col
+	   enddef
+	 endclass
+
+Not only is this text you need to write, it also has the type of each member
+twice.  Since this is so common a shorter way to write new() is provided: >
+
+	   def new(this.lnum, this.col)
+	   enddef
+
+The semantics are easy to understand: Providing the object member name,
+including "this.", as the argument to new() means the value provided in the
+new() call is assigned to that object member.  This mechanism comes from the
+Dart language.
+
+Putting together this way of using new() and making the members public results
+in a much shorter class definition as what we started with: >
+
+	class TextPosition
+	   public this.lnum: number
+	   public this.col: number
+
+	   def new(this.lnum, this.col)
+	   enddef
+
+	   def SetPosition(lnum: number, col: number)
+	      this.lnum = lnum
+	      this.col = col
+	   enddef
+	 endclass
+
+The sequence of constructing a new object is:
+1. Memory is allocated and cleared.  All values are zero/false/empty.
+2. For each declared member that has an initializer, the expression is
+   evaluated and assigned to the member.  This happens in the sequence the
+   members are declared in the class.
+3. Arguments in the new() method in the "this.name" form are assigned.
+4. The body of the new() method is executed.
+
+If the class extends a parent class, the same thing happens.  In the second
+step the members of the parent class are done first.  There is no need to call
+"super()" or "new()" on the parent.
+
+==============================================================================
+
+3.  class members and functions			*Vim9-class-member*
+
+						*:static* *E1337* *E1338*
+Class members are declared with "static".  They are used by the name without a
+prefix: >
+
+	class OtherThing
+	   this.size: number
+	   static totalSize: number
+
+	   def new(this.size)
+	      totalSize += this.size
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+<							*E1340* *E1341*
+Since the name is used as-is, shadowing the name by a function argument name
+or local variable name is not allowed.
+
+Just like object members the access can be made private by using an underscore
+as the first character in the name, and it can be made public by prefixing
+"public": >
+
+    class OtherThing
+	static total: number	      # anybody can read, only class can write
+	static _sum: number	      # only class can read and write
+	public static result: number  # anybody can read and write
+    endclass
+<
+							*class-function*
+Class functions are also declared with "static".  They have no access to
+object members, they cannot use the "this" keyword. >
+
+	class OtherThing
+	   this.size: number
+	   static totalSize: number
+
+	   # Clear the total size and return the value it had before.
+	   static def ClearTotalSize(): number
+	      var prev = totalSize
+	      totalSize = 0
+	      return prev
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+
+Inside the class the function can be called by name directly, outside the
+class the class name must be prefixed: `OtherThing.ClearTotalSize()`.
+
+==============================================================================
+
+4.  Using an abstract class			*Vim9-abstract-class*
+
+An abstract class forms the base for at least one sub-class.  In the class
+model one often finds that a few classes have the same properties that can be
+shared, but a class with these properties does not have enough state to create
+an object from.  A sub-class must extend the abstract class and add the
+missing state and/or methods before it can be used to create objects for.
+
+For example, a Shape class could store a color and thickness.  You cannot
+create a Shape object, it is missing the information about what kind of shape
+it is.  The Shape class functions as the base for a Square and a Triangle
+class, for which objects can be created.  Example: >
+
+	abstract class Shape
+	   this.color = Color.Black
+	   this.thickness = 10
+	endclass
+
+	class Square extends Shape
+	   this.size: number
+
+	   def new(this.size)
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+
+	class Triangle extends Shape
+	   this.base: number
+	   this.height: number
+
+	   def new(this.base, this.height)
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+<
+An abstract class is defined the same way as a normal class, except that it
+does not have any new() method. *E1359*
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+5.  Using an interface				*Vim9-using-interface*
+
+The example above with Shape, Square and Triangle can be made more useful if
+we add a method to compute the surface of the object.  For that we create the
+interface called HasSurface, which specifies one method Surface() that returns
+a number.  This example extends the one above: >
+
+	abstract class Shape
+	   this.color = Color.Black
+	   this.thickness = 10
+	endclass
+
+	interface HasSurface
+	   def Surface(): number
+	endinterface
+
+	class Square extends Shape implements HasSurface
+	   this.size: number
+
+	   def new(this.size)
+	   enddef
+
+	   def Surface(): number
+	      return this.size * this.size
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+
+	class Triangle extends Shape implements HasSurface
+	   this.base: number
+	   this.height: number
+
+	   def new(this.base, this.height)
+	   enddef
+
+	   def Surface(): number
+	      return this.base * this.height / 2
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+
+If a class declares to implement an interface, all the items specified in the
+interface must appear in the class, with the same types. *E1348* *E1349*
+
+The interface name can be used as a type: >
+
+	var shapes: list<HasSurface> = [
+				Square.new(12),
+				Triangle.new(8, 15),
+				]
+	for shape in shapes
+	   echo $'the surface is {shape.Surface()}'
+	endfor
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+6.  More class details				*Vim9-class* *Class* *class*
+
+Defining a class ~
+					*:class* *:endclass* *:abstract*
+A class is defined between `:class` and `:endclass`.  The whole class is
+defined in one script file.  It is not possible to add to a class later.
+
+A class can only be defined in a |Vim9| script file.  *E1316*
+A class cannot be defined inside a function.
+
+It is possible to define more than one class in a script file.  Although it
+usually is better to export only one main class.  It can be useful to define
+types, enums and helper classes though.
+
+The `:abstract` keyword may be prefixed and `:export` may be used.  That gives
+these variants: >
+
+	class ClassName
+	endclass
+
+	export class ClassName
+	endclass
+
+	abstract class ClassName
+	endclass
+
+	export abstract class ClassName
+	endclass
+<
+							*E1314*
+The class name should be CamelCased.  It must start with an uppercase letter.
+That avoids clashing with builtin types.
+							*E1315*
+After the class name these optional items can be used.  Each can appear only
+once.  They can appear in any order, although this order is recommended: >
+	extends ClassName
+	implements InterfaceName, OtherInterface
+	specifies SomeInterface
+<							*E1355*
+Each member and function name can be used only once.  It is not possible to
+define a function with the same name and different type of arguments.
+
+
+Extending a class ~
+							*extends*
+A class can extend one other class. *E1352* *E1353* *E1354*
+The basic idea is to build on top of an existing class, add properties to it.
+
+The extended class is called the "base class" or "super class".  The new class
+is called the "child class".
+
+Object members from the base class are all taken over by the child class.  It
+is not possible to override them (unlike some other languages).
+
+						*E1356* *E1357* *E1358*
+Object methods of the base class can be overruled.  The signature (arguments,
+argument types and return type) must be exactly the same.  The method of the
+base class can be called by prefixing "super.".
+
+Other object methods of the base class are taken over by the child class.
+
+Class functions, including functions starting with "new", can be overruled,
+like with object methods.  The function on the base class can be called by
+prefixing the name of the class (for class functions) or "super.".
+
+Unlike other languages, the constructor of the base class does not need to be
+invoked.  In fact, it cannot be invoked.  If some initialization from the base
+class also needs to be done in a child class, put it in an object method and
+call that method from every constructor().
+
+If the base class did not specify a new() function then one was automatically
+created.  This function will not be taken over by the child class.  The child
+class can define its own new() function, or, if there isn't one, a new()
+function will be added automatically.
+
+
+A class implementing an interface ~
+						*implements* *E1346* *E1347*
+A class can implement one or more interfaces.  The "implements" keyword can
+only appear once *E1350* .  Multiple interfaces can be specified, separated by
+commas.  Each interface name can appear only once. *E1351*
+
+
+A class defining an interface ~
+							*specifies*
+A class can declare its interface, the object members and methods, with a
+named interface.  This avoids the need for separately specifying the
+interface, which is often done in many languages, especially Java.
+
+
+Items in a class ~
+						*E1318* *E1325* *E1326*
+Inside a class, in between `:class` and `:endclass`, these items can appear:
+- An object member declaration: >
+	this._memberName: memberType
+	this.memberName: memberType
+	public this.memberName: memberType
+- A constructor method: >
+	def new(arguments)
+	def newName(arguments)
+- An object method: >
+	def SomeMethod(arguments)
+<							*E1329*
+For the object member the type must be specified.  The best way is to do this
+explicitly with ": {type}".  For simple types you can also use an initializer,
+such as "= 123", and Vim will see that the type is a number.  Avoid doing this
+for more complex types and when the type will be incomplete.  For example: >
+	this.nameList = []
+This specifies a list, but the item type is unknown.  Better use: >
+	this.nameList: list<string>
+The initialization isn't needed, the list is empty by default.
+							*E1330*
+Some types cannot be used, such as "void", "null" and "v:none".
+
+
+Defining an interface ~
+						*:interface* *:endinterface*
+An interface is defined between `:interface` and `:endinterface`.  It may be
+prefixed with `:export`: >
+
+	interface InterfaceName
+	endinterface
+
+	export interface InterfaceName
+	endinterface
+<							*E1344*
+An interface can declare object members, just like in a class but without any
+initializer.
+							*E1345*
+An interface can declare methods with `:def`, including the arguments and
+return type, but without the body and without `:enddef`.  Example: >
+
+	interface HasSurface
+	   this.size: number
+	   def Surface(): number
+	endinterface
+
+An interface name must start with an uppercase letter. *E1343*
+The "Has" prefix can be used to make it easier to guess this is an interface
+name, with a hint about what it provides.
+An interface can only be defined in a |Vim9| script file.  *E1342*
+
+
+null object ~
+
+When a variable is declared to have the type of an object, but it is not
+initialized, the value is null.  When trying to use this null object Vim often
+does not know what class was supposed to be used.  Vim then cannot check if
+a member name is correct and you will get an "Using a null object" error,
+even when the member name is invalid. *E1360* *E1362*
+
+
+Default constructor ~
+
+In case you define a class without a new() method, one will be automatically
+defined.  This default constructor will have arguments for all the object
+members, in the order they were specified.  Thus if your class looks like: >
+
+	class AutoNew
+	   this.name: string
+	   this.age: number
+	   this.gender: Gender
+	endclass
+
+Then The default constructor will be: >
+
+	def new(this.name = v:none, this.age = v:none, this.gender = v:none)
+	enddef
+
+The "= v:none" default values make the arguments optional.  Thus you can also
+call `new()` without any arguments.  No assignment will happen and the default
+value for the object members will be used.  This is a more useful example,
+with default values: >
+
+	class TextPosition
+	   this.lnum: number = 1
+	   this.col: number = 1
+	endclass
+
+If you want the constructor to have mandatory arguments, you need to write it
+yourself.  For example, if for the AutoNew class above you insist on getting
+the name, you can define the constructor like this: >
+
+	def new(this.name, this.age = v:none, this.gender = v:none)
+	enddef
+<							*E1328*
+Note that you cannot use another default value than "v:none" here.  If you
+want to initialize the object members, do it where they are declared.  This
+way you only need to look in one place for the default values.
+
+All object members will be used in the default constructor, also private
+access ones.
+
+If the class extends another one, the object members of that class will come
+first.
+
+
+Multiple constructors ~
+
+Normally a class has just one new() constructor.  In case you find that the
+constructor is often called with the same arguments you may want to simplify
+your code by putting those arguments into a second constructor method.  For
+example, if you tend to use the color black a lot: >
+
+	def new(this.garment, this.color, this.size)
+	enddef
+	...
+	var pants = new(Garment.pants, Color.black, "XL")
+	var shirt = new(Garment.shirt, Color.black, "XL")
+	var shoes = new(Garment.shoes, Color.black, "45")
+
+Instead of repeating the color every time you can add a constructor that
+includes it: >
+
+	def newBlack(this.garment, this.size)
+	   this.color = Color.black
+	enddef
+	...
+	var pants = newBlack(Garment.pants, "XL")
+	var shirt = newBlack(Garment.shirt, "XL")
+	var shoes = newBlack(Garment.shoes, "9.5")
+
+Note that the method name must start with "new".  If there is no method called
+"new()" then the default constructor is added, even though there are other
+constructor methods.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+7.  Type definition					*Vim9-type* *:type*
+
+A type definition is giving a name to a type specification.  For Example: >
+
+	:type ListOfStrings list<string>
+
+TODO: more explanation
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+8.  Enum					*Vim9-enum* *:enum* *:endenum*
+
+An enum is a type that can have one of a list of values.  Example: >
+
+	:enum Color
+		White
+		Red
+		Green
+		Blue
+		Black
+	:endenum
+
+TODO: more explanation
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+9.  Rationale
+
+Most of the choices for |Vim9| classes come from popular and recently
+developed languages, such as Java, TypeScript and Dart.  The syntax has been
+made to fit with the way Vim script works, such as using `endclass` instead of
+using curly braces around the whole class.
+
+Some common constructs of object-oriented languages were chosen very long ago
+when this kind of programming was still new, and later found to be
+sub-optimal.  By this time those constructs were widely used and changing them
+was not an option.  In Vim we do have the freedom to make different choices,
+since classes are completely new.  We can make the syntax simpler and more
+consistent than what "old" languages use.  Without diverting too much, it
+should still mostly look like what you know from existing languages.
+
+Some recently developed languages add all kinds of fancy features that we
+don't need for Vim.  But some have nice ideas that we do want to use.
+Thus we end up with a base of what is common in popular languages, dropping
+what looks like a bad idea, and adding some nice features that are easy to
+understand.
+
+The main rules we use to make decisions:
+- Keep it simple.
+- No surprises, mostly do what other languages are doing.
+- Avoid mistakes from the past.
+- Avoid the need for the script writer to consult the help to understand how
+  things work, most things should be obvious.
+- Keep it consistent.
+- Aim at an average size plugin, not at a huge project.
+
+
+Using new() for the constructor ~
+
+Many languages use the class name for the constructor method.  A disadvantage
+is that quite often this is a long name.  And when changing the class name all
+constructor methods need to be renamed.  Not a big deal, but still a
+disadvantage.
+
+Other languages, such as TypeScript, use a specific name, such as
+"constructor()".  That seems better.  However, using "new" or "new()" to
+create a new object has no obvious relation with "constructor()".
+
+For |Vim9| script using the same method name for all constructors seemed like
+the right choice, and by calling it new() the relation between the caller and
+the method being called is obvious.
+
+
+No overloading of the constructor ~
+
+In Vim script, both legacy and |Vim9| script, there is no overloading of
+functions.  That means it is not possible to use the same function name with
+different types of arguments.  Therefore there also is only one new()
+constructor.
+
+With |Vim9| script it would be possible to support overloading, since
+arguments are typed.  However, this gets complicated very quickly.  Looking at
+a new() call one has to inspect the types of the arguments to know which of
+several new() methods is actually being called.  And that can require
+inspecting quite a bit of code.  For example, if one of the arguments is the
+return value of a method, you need to find that method to see what type it is
+returning.
+
+Instead, every constructor has to have a different name, starting with "new".
+That way multiple constructors with different arguments are possible, while it
+is very easy to see which constructor is being used.  And the type of
+arguments can be properly checked.
+
+
+No overloading of methods ~
+
+Same reasoning as for the constructor: It is often not obvious what type
+arguments have, which would make it difficult to figure out what method is
+actually being called.  Better just give the methods a different name, then
+type checking will make sure it works as you intended.  This rules out
+polymorphism, which we don't really need anyway.
+
+
+Single inheritance and interfaces ~
+
+Some languages support multiple inheritance.  Although that can be useful in
+some cases, it makes the rules of how a class works quite complicated.
+Instead, using interfaces to declare what is supported is much simpler.  The
+very popular Java language does it this way, and it should be good enough for
+Vim.  The "keep it simple" rule applies here.
+
+Explicitly declaring that a class supports an interface makes it easy to see
+what a class is intended for.  It also makes it possible to do proper type
+checking.  When an interface is changed any class that declares to implement
+it will be checked if that change was also changed.  The mechanism to assume a
+class implements an interface just because the methods happen to match is
+brittle and leads to obscure problems, let's not do that.
+
+
+Using "this.member" everywhere ~
+
+The object members in various programming languages can often be accessed in
+different ways, depending on the location.  Sometimes "this." has to be
+prepended to avoid ambiguity.  They are usually declared without "this.".
+That is quite inconsistent and sometimes confusing.
+
+A very common issue is that in the constructor the arguments use the same name
+as the object member.  Then for these members "this." needs to be prefixed in
+the body, while for other members this is not needed and often omitted.  This
+leads to a mix of members with and without "this.", which is inconsistent.
+
+For |Vim9| classes the "this." prefix is always used.  Also for declaring the
+members.  Simple and consistent.  When looking at the code inside a class it's
+also directly clear which variable references are object members and which
+aren't.
+
+
+Using class members ~
+
+Using "static member" to declare a class member is very common, nothing new
+here.  In |Vim9| script these can be accessed directly by their name.  Very
+much like how a script-local variable can be used in a function.  Since object
+members are always accessed with "this." prepended, it's also quickly clear
+what kind of member it is.
+
+TypeScript prepends the class name before the class member, also inside the
+class.  This has two problems: The class name can be rather long, taking up
+quite a bit of space, and when the class is renamed all these places need to
+be changed too.
+
+
+Declaring object and class members ~
+
+The main choice is whether to use "var" as with variable declarations.
+TypeScript does not use it: >
+	class Point {
+	  x: number;
+	  y = 0;
+	}
+
+Following that Vim object members could be declared like this: >
+	class Point
+	  this.x: number
+	  this.y = 0
+	endclass
+
+Some users pointed out that this looks more like an assignment than a
+declaration.  Adding "var" changes that: >
+	class Point
+	  var this.x: number
+	  var this.y = 0
+	endclass
+
+We also need to be able to declare class members using the "static" keyword.
+There we can also choose to leave out "var": >
+	class Point
+	  var this.x: number
+	  static count = 0
+	endclass
+
+Or do use it, before "static": >
+	class Point
+	  var this.x: number
+	  var static count = 0
+	endclass
+
+Or after "static": >
+	class Point
+	  var this.x: number
+	  static var count = 0
+	endclass
+
+This is more in line with "static def Func()".
+
+There is no clear preference whether to use "var" or not.  The two main
+reasons to leave it out are:
+1. TypeScript, Java and other popular languages do not use it.
+2. Less clutter.
+
+
+Using "ClassName.new()" to construct an object ~
+
+Many languages use the "new" operator to create an object, which is actually
+kind of strange, since the constructor is defined as a method with arguments,
+not a command.  TypeScript also has the "new" keyword, but the method is
+called "constructor()", it is hard to see the relation between the two.
+
+In |Vim9| script the constructor method is called new(), and it is invoked as
+new(), simple and straightforward.  Other languages use "new ClassName()",
+while there is no ClassName() method, it's a method by another name in the
+class called ClassName.  Quite confusing.
+
+
+Default read access to object members ~
+
+Some users will remark that the access rules for object members are
+asymmetric.  Well, that is intentional.  Changing a value is a very different
+action than reading a value.  The read operation has no side effects, it can
+be done any number of times without affecting the object.  Changing the value
+can have many side effects, and even have a ripple effect, affecting other
+objects.
+
+When adding object members one usually doesn't think much about this, just get
+the type right.  And normally the values are set in the new() method.
+Therefore defaulting to read access only "just works" in most cases.  And when
+directly writing you get an error, which makes you wonder if you actually want
+to allow that.  This helps writing code with fewer mistakes.
+
+
+Making object members private with an underscore ~
+
+When an object member is private, it can only be read and changed inside the
+class (and in sub-classes), then it cannot be used outside of the class.
+Prepending an underscore is a simple way to make that visible.  Various
+programming languages have this as a recommendation.
+
+In case you change your mind and want to make the object member accessible
+outside of the class, you will have to remove the underscore everywhere.
+Since the name only appears in the class (and sub-classes) they will be easy
+to find and change.
+
+The other way around is much harder: you can easily prepend an underscore to
+the object member inside the class to make it private, but any usage elsewhere
+you will have to track down and change.  You may have to make it a "set"
+method call.  This reflects the real world problem that taking away access
+requires work to be done for all places where that access exists.
+
+An alternative would have been using the "private" keyword, just like "public"
+changes the access in the other direction.  Well, that's just to reduce the
+number of keywords.
+
+
+No protected object members ~
+
+Some languages provide several ways to control access to object members.  The
+most known is "protected", and the meaning varies from language to language.
+Others are "shared", "private" and even "friend".
+
+These rules make life more difficult.  That can be justified in projects where
+many people work on the same, complex code where it is easy to make mistakes.
+Especially when refactoring or other changes to the class model.
+
+The Vim scripts are expected to be used in a plugin, with just one person or a
+small team working on it.  Complex rules then only make it more complicated,
+the extra safety provide by the rules isn't really needed.  Let's just keep it
+simple and not specify access details.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+10. To be done later
+
+Can a newSomething() constructor invoke another constructor?  If yes, what are
+the restrictions?
+
+Thoughts:
+- Generics for a class: `class <Tkey, Tentry>`
+- Generics for a function: `def <Tkey> GetLast(key: Tkey)`
+- Mixins: not sure if that is useful, leave out for simplicity.
+
+Some things that look like good additions:
+- For testing: Mock mechanism
+
+An important class to be provided is "Promise".  Since Vim is single
+threaded, connecting asynchronous operations is a natural way of allowing
+plugins to do their work without blocking the user.  It's a uniform way to
+invoke callbacks and handle timeouts and errors.
+
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 18
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ gn			Search forward for the last used search pattern, like
 			E.g., "dgn" deletes the text of the next match.
 			If Visual mode is active, extends the selection
 			until the end of the next match.
-			'wrapscan' applies
+			'wrapscan' applies.
 			Note: Unlike `n` the search direction does not depend
 			on the previous search command.
 
@@ -152,6 +152,11 @@ gN			Like |gn| but searches backward, like with `N`.
 			environment variable or the -display argument).  Only
 			when 'mouse' option contains 'n' or 'a'.
 
+<LeftMouseNM>		Internal mouse code, used for clicking on the status
+<LeftReleaseNM>		line to focus a window.  NM stands for non-mappable.
+			You cannot use these, but they might show up in some
+			places.
+
 If Visual mode is not active and the "v", "V" or CTRL-V is preceded with a
 count, the size of the previously highlighted area is used for a start.  You
 can then move the end of the highlighted area and give an operator.  The type
@@ -510,11 +515,11 @@ mode Vim automatically switches to Visual mode, so that the same behavior as
 in Visual mode is effective.  If you don't want this use |:xmap| or |:smap|.
 
 One particular edge case: >
-  	:vnoremap <C-K> <Esc>
+	:vnoremap <C-K> <Esc>
 This ends Visual mode when in Visual mode, but in Select mode it does not
 work, because Select mode is restored after executing the mapped keys.  You
 need to use: >
-  	:snoremap <C-K> <Esc>
+	:snoremap <C-K> <Esc>
 <
 Users will expect printable characters to replace the selected area.
 Therefore avoid mapping printable characters in Select mode.  Or use

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 11
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -561,9 +561,9 @@ CTRL-W =	Make all windows (almost) equally high and wide, but use
 		Windows with 'winfixheight' set keep their height and windows
 		with 'winfixwidth' set keep their width.
 		To equalize only vertically (make window equally high) use
-		`vertical wincmd =`
+		`vertical wincmd =`.
 		To equalize only horizontally (make window equally wide) use
-		`horizontal wincmd =`
+		`horizontal wincmd =`.
 
 :res[ize] -N					*:res* *:resize* *CTRL-W_-*
 CTRL-W -	Decrease current window height by N (default 1).
@@ -631,6 +631,56 @@ it).
 The minimal height and width of a window is set with 'winminheight' and
 'winminwidth'.  These are hard values, a window will never become smaller.
 
+
+WinScrolled and WinResized autocommands ~
+						*win-scrolled-resized*
+If you want to get notified of changes in window sizes, the |WinResized|
+autocommand event can be used.
+If you want to get notified of text in windows scrolling vertically or
+horizontally, the |WinScrolled| autocommand event can be used.  This will also
+trigger in window size changes.
+Exception: the events will not be triggered when the text scrolls for
+'incsearch'.
+							*WinResized-event*
+The |WinResized| event is triggered after updating the display, several
+windows may have changed size then.  A list of the IDs of windows that changed
+since last time is provided in the v:event.windows variable, for example:
+	[1003, 1006]
+							*WinScrolled-event*
+The |WinScrolled| event is triggered after |WinResized|, and also if a window
+was scrolled.  That can be vertically (the text at the top of the window
+changed) or horizontally (when 'wrap' is off or when the first displayed part
+of the first line changes).  Note that |WinScrolled| will trigger many more
+times than |WinResized|, it may slow down editing a bit.
+
+The information provided by |WinScrolled| is a dictionary for each window that
+has changes, using the window ID as the key, and a total count of the changes
+with the key "all".  Example value for |v:event| (|Vim9| syntax):
+	{
+	   all: {width: 0, height: 2, leftcol: 0, skipcol: 0, topline: 1, topfill: 0},
+	   1003: {width: 0, height: -1, leftcol: 0, skipcol: 0, topline: 0, topfill: 0},
+	   1006: {width: 0, height: 1, leftcol: 0, skipcol: 0, topline: 1, topfill: 0},
+	}
+
+Note that the "all" entry has the absolute values of the individual windows
+accumulated.
+
+If you need more information about what changed, or you want to "debounce" the
+events (not handle every event to avoid doing too much work), you may want to
+use the `winlayout()` and `getwininfo()` functions.
+
+|WinScrolled| and |WinResized| do not trigger when the first autocommand is
+added, only after the first scroll or resize.  They may trigger when switching
+to another tab page.
+
+The commands executed are expected to not cause window size or scroll changes.
+If this happens anyway, the event will trigger again very soon.  In other
+words: Just before triggering the event, the current sizes and scroll
+positions are stored and used to decide whether there was a change.
+								*E1312*
+It is not allowed to change the window layout here (split, close or move
+windows).
+
 ==============================================================================
 7. Argument and buffer list commands			*buffer-list*
 

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2022 Oct 12
+" Last Change:	2023 Feb 25
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -110,9 +110,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.a65			setf a65
 " Applescript
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scpt			setf applescript
 
+" Automake (must be before the *.am pattern)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead [mM]akefile.am,GNUmakefile.am	setf automake
+
 " Applix ELF
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.am
-	\ if expand("<afile>") !~? 'Makefile.am\>' | setf elf | endif
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.am			setf elf
 
 " ALSA configuration
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .asoundrc,*/usr/share/alsa/alsa.conf,*/etc/asound.conf setf alsaconf
@@ -187,9 +189,6 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.au3			setf autoit
 " Autohotkey
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ahk			setf autohotkey
 
-" Automake
-au BufNewFile,BufRead [mM]akefile.am,GNUmakefile.am	setf automake
-
 " Autotest .at files are actually m4
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.at			setf m4
 
@@ -206,6 +205,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mch,*.ref,*.imp		setf b
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bas			call dist#ft#FTbas()
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bi,*.bm			call dist#ft#FTbas()
 
+" Bass
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bass			setf bass
+
 " Visual Basic Script (close to Visual Basic) or Visual Basic .NET
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vb,*.vbs,*.dsm,*.ctl	setf vb
 
@@ -265,7 +267,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/blkid.tab,*/etc/blkid.tab.old   setf xml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bsd,*.bsdl			setf bsdl
 
 " Bazel (http://bazel.io)
-autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.bzl,*.bazel,WORKSPACE	setf bzl
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.bzl,*.bazel,WORKSPACE,WORKSPACE.bzlmod	setf bzl
 if has("fname_case")
   " There is another check for BUILD further below.
   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.BUILD,BUILD		setf bzl
@@ -275,9 +277,15 @@ endif
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.c			call dist#ft#FTlpc()
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lpc,*.ulpc		setf lpc
 
+" Cairo
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cairo			setf cairo
+
 " Calendar
 au BufNewFile,BufRead calendar			setf calendar
 
+" Cap'n Proto
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.capnp			setf capnp
+
 " C#
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cs,*.csx		setf cs
 
@@ -308,6 +316,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cdl			setf cdl
 " Conary Recipe
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.recipe			setf conaryrecipe
 
+" ChainPack Object Notation (CPON)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cpon			setf cpon
+
 " Controllable Regex Mutilator
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.crm			setf crm
 
@@ -369,6 +380,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ch			call dist#ft#FTchange()
 " ChordPro
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.chopro,*.crd,*.cho,*.crdpro,*.chordpro	setf chordpro
 
+" Clangd
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .clangd			setf yaml
+
 " Clang-format
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .clang-format		setf yaml
 
@@ -419,12 +433,21 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead configure.in,configure.ac setf config
 " Cooklang
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cook			setf cook
 
+" Clinical Quality Language (CQL)
+" .cql is also mentioned as the 'XDCC Catcher queue list' file extension.
+" If support for XDCC Catcher is needed in the future, the contents of the file
+" needs to be inspected.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cql			setf cqlang
+
 " CSV Files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.csv			setf csv
 
 " CUDA Compute Unified Device Architecture
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu,*.cuh		setf cuda
 
+" Cue
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cue			setf cue
+
 " Dockerfile; Podman uses the same syntax with name Containerfile
 " Also see Dockerfile.* below.
 au BufNewFile,BufRead Containerfile,Dockerfile,dockerfile,*.[dD]ockerfile	setf dockerfile
@@ -508,6 +531,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apt/sources.list.d/*.list	setf debsources
 " Deny hosts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead denyhosts.conf		setf denyhosts
 
+" Dhall
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dhall			setf dhall
+
 " dnsmasq(8) configuration files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/dnsmasq.conf	setf dnsmasq
 
@@ -600,8 +626,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.edn
 	\   setf clojure |
 	\ endif
 
-" EditorConfig (close enough to dosini)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .editorconfig		setf dosini
+" EditorConfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .editorconfig		setf editorconfig
 
 " Embedix Component Description
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ecd			setf ecd
@@ -621,6 +647,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.elm			setf elm
 " Elm Filter Rules file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead filter-rules		setf elmfilt
 
+" Elsa - https://github.com/ucsd-progsys/elsa
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lc			setf elsa
+
 " ESMTP rc file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *esmtprc			setf esmtprc
 
@@ -657,6 +686,9 @@ autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.fnl		setf fennel
 " Fetchmail RC file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .fetchmailrc		setf fetchmail
 
+" FIRRTL - Flexible Internal Representation for RTL
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fir			setf firrtl
+
 " Fish shell
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fish			setf fish
 
@@ -689,12 +721,18 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fsl			setf framescript
 " FStab
 au BufNewFile,BufRead fstab,mtab		setf fstab
 
+" Func
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fc			setf func
+
 " Fusion
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.fusion			setf fusion
 
 " F# or Forth
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fs			call dist#ft#FTfs()
 
+" FHIR Shorthand (FSH)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fsh			setf fsh
+
 " F#
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fsi,*.fsx		setf fsharp
 
@@ -841,6 +879,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.htpp			setf hastepreproc
 " HCL
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.hcl			setf hcl
 
+" Go checksum file (must be before *.sum Hercules)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead go.sum,go.work.sum	setf gosum
+
 " Hercules
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vc,*.ev,*.sum,*.errsum	setf hercules
 
@@ -975,6 +1016,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsp			setf jsp
 
 " Java Properties resource file (note: doesn't catch font.properties.pl)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.properties,*.properties_??,*.properties_??_??	setf jproperties
+" Eclipse preference files use Java Properties syntax
+au BufNewFile,BufRead org.eclipse.*.prefs	setf jproperties
 
 " Jess
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clp			setf jess
@@ -985,23 +1028,27 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jgr			setf jgraph
 " Jovial
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jov,*.j73,*.jovial	setf jovial
 
-" JSON
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp,*.webmanifest	setf json
+" Jq
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jq			setf jq
 
 " JSON5
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json5			setf json5
 
 " JSON Patch (RFC 6902)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json-patch			setf json
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json-patch		setf json
 
 " Jupyter Notebook is also json
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ipynb				setf json
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ipynb			setf json
 
 " Other files that look like json
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .babelrc,.eslintrc,.prettierrc,.firebaserc  setf json
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .prettierrc,.firebaserc,.stylelintrc	setf json
 
-" JSONC
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsonc			setf jsonc
+" JSONC (JSON with comments)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsonc,.babelrc,.eslintrc,.jsfmtrc	setf jsonc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .jshintrc,.hintrc,.swrc,[jt]sconfig*.json	setf jsonc
+
+" JSON
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp,*.webmanifest	setf json
 
 " Jsonnet
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsonnet,*.libsonnet	setf jsonnet
@@ -1009,6 +1056,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsonnet,*.libsonnet	setf jsonnet
 " Julia
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jl			setf julia
 
+" KDL
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kdl			setf kdl
+
 " Kixtart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kix			setf kix
 
@@ -1191,6 +1241,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead hg-editor-*.txt		setf hgcommit
 " Mercurial config (looks like generic config file)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hgrc,*hgrc		setf cfg
 
+" Mermaid
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mmd,*.mmdc,*.mermaid	setf mermaid
+
 " Meson Build system config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead meson.build,meson_options.txt setf meson
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wrap			setf dosini
@@ -1229,6 +1282,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[mi][3g]		setf modula3
 " Larch/Modula-3
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lm3			setf modula3
 
+" Modconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modules.conf,*/etc/modules,*/etc/conf.modules setf modconf
+
 " Monk
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.isc,*.monk,*.ssc,*.tsc	setf monk
 
@@ -1238,8 +1294,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.moo			setf moo
 " Moonscript
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.moon			setf moonscript
 
-" Modconf
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modules.conf,*/etc/modules,*/etc/conf.modules setf modconf
+" Move language
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.move			setf move
 
 " MPD is based on XML
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mpd			setf xml
@@ -1334,6 +1390,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nse			setf lua
 " NSIS
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nsi,*.nsh		setf nsis
 
+" Oblivion Language and Oblivion Script Extender
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.obl,*.obse,*.oblivion,*.obscript  setf obse
+
 " OCaml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ml,*.mli,*.mll,*.mly,.ocamlinit,*.mlt,*.mlp,*.mlip,*.mli.cppo,*.ml.cppo setf ocaml
 
@@ -1343,6 +1402,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.occ			setf occam
 " Octave
 au BufNewFile,BufRead octave.conf,.octaverc,octaverc	setf octave
 
+" Odin
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.odin			setf odin
+
 " Omnimark
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xom,*.xin		setf omnimark
 
@@ -1372,6 +1434,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead pf.conf				setf pf
 
 " ini style config files, using # comments
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pacman.conf,mpv.conf	setf confini
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.aws/config,*/.aws/credentials	setf confini
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nmconnection			setf confini
 
 " Pacman hooks
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hook
@@ -1476,7 +1540,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.plp			setf plp
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.po,*.pot		setf po
 
 " Postfix main config
-au BufNewFile,BufRead main.cf			setf pfmain
+au BufNewFile,BufRead main.cf,main.cf.proto	setf pfmain
 
 " PostScript (+ font files, encapsulated PostScript, Adobe Illustrator)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ps,*.pfa,*.afm,*.eps,*.epsf,*.epsi,*.ai	  setf postscr
@@ -1585,8 +1649,14 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ptl,*.pyi,SConstruct		   setf python
 " QL
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.ql,*.qll		setf ql
 
+" QMLdir
+au BufRead,BufNewFile qmldir			setf qmldir
+
 " Quarto
-au BufRead,BufNewFile *.qmd     setf quarto
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.qmd			setf quarto
+
+" Racket (formerly detected as "scheme")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rkt,*.rktd,*.rktl	setf racket
 
 " Radiance
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rad,*.mat		setf radiance
@@ -1668,6 +1738,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rnc			setf rnc
 " Relax NG XML
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rng			setf rng
 
+" ILE RPG
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rpgle,*.rpgleinc	setf rpgle
+
 " RPL/2
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rpl			setf rpl
 
@@ -1677,12 +1750,15 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.robot,*.resource	setf robot
 " Robots.txt
 au BufNewFile,BufRead robots.txt		setf robots
 
-" Rpcgen
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.x			setf rpcgen
+" RON (Rusty Object Notation)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ron			setf ron
 
 " MikroTik RouterOS script
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.rsc			setf routeros
 
+" Rpcgen
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.x			setf rpcgen
+
 " reStructuredText Documentation Format
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rst			setf rst
 
@@ -1840,16 +1916,17 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .tcshrc,*.tcsh,tcsh.tcshrc,tcsh.login	call dist#ft#SetFile
 " (patterns ending in a start further below)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .login,.cshrc,csh.cshrc,csh.login,csh.logout,*.csh,.alias  call dist#ft#CSH()
 
-" Zig
+" Zig and Zir (Zig Intermediate Representation)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zig			setf zig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zir			setf zir
 
 " Z-Shell script (patterns ending in a star further below)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .zprofile,*/etc/zprofile,.zfbfmarks  setf zsh
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .zshrc,.zshenv,.zlogin,.zlogout,.zcompdump setf zsh
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zsh			setf zsh
 
-" Scheme
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scm,*.ss,*.sld,*.rkt,*.rktd,*.rktl	setf scheme
+" Scheme ("racket" patterns are now separate, see above)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scm,*.ss,*.sld		setf scheme
 
 " Screen RC
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .screenrc,screenrc	setf screen
@@ -1870,10 +1947,16 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sst.meta,*.-sst.meta,*._sst.meta setf sisu
 " SKILL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.il,*.ils,*.cdf		setf skill
 
+" Cadence
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cdc			setf cdc
+
 " SLRN
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .slrnrc			setf slrnrc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.score			setf slrnsc
 
+" Smali
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.smali			setf smali
+
 " Smalltalk
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.st			setf st
 
@@ -1902,6 +1985,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.smi
 " SMITH
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.smt,*.smith		setf smith
 
+" Smithy
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.smithy			setf smithy
+
 " Snobol4 and spitbol
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sno,*.spt		setf snobol4
 
@@ -1949,6 +2035,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sql			call dist#ft#SQL()
 " SQLJ
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sqlj			setf sqlj
 
+" PRQL
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prql			setf prql
+
 " SQR
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sqr,*.sqi		setf sqr
 
@@ -1963,6 +2052,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/ssh/ssh_config.d/*.conf		setf sshconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead sshd_config			setf sshdconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/ssh/sshd_config.d/*.conf	setf sshdconfig
 
+" Starlark
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ipd,*.star,*.starlark	setf starlark
+
 " OpenVPN configuration
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ovpn			setf openvpn
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */openvpn/*/*.conf	setf openvpn
@@ -2019,6 +2111,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.svg			setf svg
 " Surface
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.sface			setf surface
 
+" LLVM TableGen
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.td			setf tablegen
+
 " Tads (or Nroff or Perl test file)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.t
 	\ if !dist#ft#FTnroff() && !dist#ft#FTperl() | setf tads | endif
@@ -2029,6 +2124,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead tags			setf tags
 " TAK
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tak			setf tak
 
+" Unx Tal
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tal			setf tal
+
 " Task
 au BufRead,BufNewFile {pending,completed,undo}.data  setf taskdata
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.task			setf taskedit
@@ -2072,6 +2170,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.texinfo,*.texi,*.txi	setf texinfo
 " TeX configuration
 au BufNewFile,BufRead texmf.cnf			setf texmf
 
+" Thrift (Apache)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.thrift			setf thrift
+
 " Tidy config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .tidyrc,tidyrc,tidy.conf	setf tidy
 
@@ -2140,6 +2241,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/udev/permissions.d/*.permissions setf udevperm
 " Udev symlinks config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/udev/cdsymlinks.conf	setf sh
 
+" Ungrammar, AKA Un-grammar
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ungram			setf ungrammar
+
 " UnrealScript
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.uc			setf uc
 
@@ -2180,6 +2284,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.va,*.vams		setf verilogams
 " SystemVerilog
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sv,*.svh		setf systemverilog
 
+" VHS tape
+" .tape is also used by TapeCalc, which we do not support ATM.  If TapeCalc
+" support is needed the contents of the file needs to be inspected.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tape			setf vhs
+
 " VHDL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hdl,*.vhd,*.vhdl,*.vbe,*.vst,*.vho  setf vhdl
 
@@ -2331,6 +2440,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead fglrxrc			setf xml
 " Web Services Description Language (WSDL)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wsdl			setf xml
 
+" Workflow Description Language (WDL)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wdl			setf wdl
+
 " XLIFF (XML Localisation Interchange File Format) is also XML
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xlf			setf xml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xliff			setf xml
@@ -2368,6 +2480,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf		setf dosini
 " YANG
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.yang			setf yang
 
+" Yuck
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yuck			setf yuck
+
 " Zimbu
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zu			setf zimbu
 " Zimbu Templates

runtime/ftplugin/apache.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:	apache configuration file
+" Maintainer:	Per Juchtmans <dubgeiser+vimNOSPAM@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2022 Oct 22
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal comments=:#
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< commentstring<"
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 noet:

runtime/ftplugin/cs.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:            C#
 " Maintainer:          Nick Jensen <nickspoon@gmail.com>
 " Former Maintainer:   Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
-" Last Change:         2021-12-07
+" Last Change:         2022-11-16
 " License:             Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:          https://github.com/nickspoons/vim-cs
 
@@ -25,8 +25,9 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl com< fo<'
 
 if exists('loaded_matchit') && !exists('b:match_words')
   " #if/#endif support included by default
+  let b:match_ignorecase = 0
   let b:match_words = '\%(^\s*\)\@<=#\s*region\>:\%(^\s*\)\@<=#\s*endregion\>,'
-  let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:match_words'
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words'
 endif
 
 if (has('gui_win32') || has('gui_gtk')) && !exists('b:browsefilter')

runtime/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim

@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@
 " Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers <team+vim@tracker.debian.org>
 " Former Maintainers:   Michael Piefel <piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de>
 "                       Stefano Zacchiroli <zack@debian.org>
-" Last Change:  2022 Jul 25
+" Last Change:  2023 Jan 16
 " License:      Vim License
-" URL:          https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim
+" URL:          https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/main/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim
 
 " Bug completion requires apt-listbugs installed for Debian packages or
 " python-launchpadlib installed for Ubuntu packages
@@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ if exists('g:did_changelog_ftplugin')
   finish
 endif
 
+" Don't load another plugin (this is global)
+let g:did_changelog_ftplugin = 1
+
 " Make sure the '<' and 'C' flags are not included in 'cpoptions', otherwise
 " <CR> would not be recognized.  See ":help 'cpoptions'".
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-" Don't load another plugin (this is global)
-let g:did_changelog_ftplugin = 1
-
 " {{{1 GUI menu
 
 " Helper functions returning various data.